PERLE-IOLAN-SDS-MIB
AI MIB Summary
The PERLE-IOLAN-SDS-MIB provides vendor-specific SNMP management capabilities for Perle IOLAN Serial Data Servers (SDS), Serial Console Servers (SCS), and Serial Terminal Servers (STS). It enables monitoring of serial port states, session statistics, device health metrics, and configuration parameters for these serial-to-network gateway appliances.
The private MIB module for the Perle IOLAN SDS, SCS and STS
Main OID:
sdsMIB.1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12
1964
Objects
Active
Status
3
Dependencies
Imported Objects
Objects
1964 total| Object Name |
|---|
perle OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966 |
sdsMIBThe private MIB module for the Perle IOLAN SDS, SCS and STS MODULE-IDENTITY .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12 |
sdsMIBObjects OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1 |
adminInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1 |
adminFunctionPerform a specific function on the Device Server.
If you want to save all the changes that have been
submitted to the Device Server, you need to expand
the adminInfo container folder and SET the adminFunction
to 1 to write to FLASH. To make the configuration
changes take effect, SET the adminFunction to 3 to
reboot the Device Server.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.1 |
adminLastFunctionThe last function requestedro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.2 |
adminStatusThe status of the last function performed.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.3 |
adminSystemDateThe system date.
Format dd/mm/yyyyrw Date .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.4 |
adminSystemTimeThe system time (local time).
Format hh:mm:ssrw Time .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.5 |
adminKillLineEnter the line number you want to resetrw PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.6 |
adminGetClusteredSlavePortNamesSet the clustered slave IP address in order to retrieve its
serial port names.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.7 |
adminPowerOnTurn on the power of the whole line(if the line is not a power
management line) or a plug (the line is a power management line),
and the input format is line#:plug#(1 based).rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.8 |
adminPowerOffTurn off the power of the whole line(if the line is not a power
management line) or a plug (the line is a power management line),
and the input format is line#:plug#(1 based).rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.9 |
adminPowerBootBoot the whole line(if the line is not a power management line) or
a plug (the line is a power management line), and the input format
is line#:plug#(1 based).rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.10 |
adminPowerResetReset whole line(only if the line is a power management line),
and the input is the line number(1 based).rw PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.11 |
adminPowerStatusReturn the status of a plug (the line is a power management line).
The input format is line#:plug#(1 based).
The output is one of following strings: 'off', 'on' or 'undefined'.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.12 |
adminIpsecIPsec functions.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.13 |
adminPowerMonitorOnEnable host monitoring for a power plug, on a serial port
configured for power management.
The input format is line#:plug#.
e.g. Use '5:10' for serial port 5, plug 10.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.14 |
adminPowerMonitorOffDisable host monitoring for a power plug, on a serial port
configured for power management.
The input format is line#:plug#.
e.g. Use '5:10' for serial port 5, plug 10.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.15 |
adminPowerMonitorStatusReturn the status of the host monitoring feature for a power plug,
on a serial port configured for power management.
The input format is line#:plug#.
The output is one of following strings: 'off', 'on' or 'undefined'.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.16 |
adminPowerMonitorNumberOfRebootsReturn the number of power cycles (reboots) initiated by the host
monitoring feature for a power plug, on a serial port configured
for power management.
The input format is line#:plug#.
The output is a string containing the number of reboots.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.17 |
adminPowerMonitorLastRebootTimeReturns the time of the last power cycle (reboot), initiated by the host
monitoring feature for a power plug, on a serial port configured for power
management.
The input format is line#:plug#.
The output is a string containing the date and time of the last reboot.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.18 |
adminPowerMonitorResetRebootInfoReset the monitor reboot information (number of reboots and time of
last reboot.
The input format is line#:plug#.
e.g. Use '5:10' for serial port 5, plug 10.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.19 |
adminResetSerialStatisticsEnter the line number you want to reset statisticsrw PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.20 |
adminChassisSerialNumberChassis Serial Numberro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.21 |
adminSlot1SerialNumberSlot 1 Serial Numberro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.22 |
adminSlot2SerialNumberSlot 2 Serial Numberro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.23 |
adminSlot3SerialNumberSlto 3 Serial Numberro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.24 |
adminLTECardSerialNumberLTE CardSerial Numberro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.25 |
adminWIFICardSerialNumberWIFI Card Serial Numberro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.26 |
adminPartNumberDevice part Numberro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.27 |
adminTemperatureIOLAN Internal temperaturero DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.1.28 |
serverInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2 |
serverStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.1 |
serverNameThe name of the Device Server.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.2 |
serverDomainNameThe domain name of the Device Server.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.3 |
serverIPaddressThe Device Server's unique IPv4 network IP address.
If you are using the Device Server in an IPv6 network,
this field can be left blank.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.4 |
serverSubnetBitsThe number of bits in the subnet mask. For example,
a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0 has 16 subnet/prefix bits.
Valid values are 0-32. The default is 0. When the value
is 0, the correct value is determined based on the class
of the IP Address.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.5 |
serverPortBufferingSpecifies where the port buffer log is kept, either Off,
Local, Remote, or Both. If Remote or Both is selected,
you must specify an NFS server location for the port buffer log.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.6 |
serverViewPortBufferStringThe string (up to 8 characters) used by a a session
connected to a serial port to display the port buffer for
that particular serial port. You can specify control
(unprintable) codes by putting the decimal value in angle
brackets < > (for example, Escape b is <027>b).
The default is ~view.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.7 |
serverTimeStampingEnable/disable time stamping of the port buffer data.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.8 |
serverSessionEscapeStringThe key sequence to escape the current session and
display the session options.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.9 |
serverNFSHostNameThe NFS host that the Device Server will use for
its Remote Port Buffering feature. The Device Server
will open a file on the NFS host for each reverse SSH
or reverse Telnet line, and send any port data to be
written to those files. The default is None. This field
is required when Mode is set to Remote or Both.
The host name must be defined in the hosts table.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.10 |
serverNFSDirectoryThe directory and/or subdirectories where the Remote Port
Buffering files will be created. This field is used when
Port Buffering Mode is set to Remote or Both. For multiple
Device Servers using the same NFS host, it is recommended
that each Device Server have its own unique directory to
house the remote port log files.
The default is /device_server/portlogs.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.11 |
serverNFSEncryptionDetermines if the data sent to the NFS host is sent encrypted
or in the clear across the LAN. The default is set of Off.
NOTE: When NFS encryption is enabled, the Decoder utility
software is required to be installed on the NFS host for
decrypting the data to a readable format.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.12 |
serverPortMenuStringThe string (up to 8 characters) used by a a session connected
to a serial port to display the port buffer for that particular
serial port. You can specify control (unprintable) codes by
putting the decimal value in angle brackets < > (for example,
Escape b is <027>b). The default is ~view.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.13 |
serverBreakEnabledEnables/disables proprietary inband SSH break signal processing
as well as the existing Reverse Telnet break signal. This parameter
can also enable/disable the out-of-band break signals for TruePort.
The default value is Off..rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.15 |
serverBannerIf enabled, displays a product identification banner before
login prompts. Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.16 |
serverSecurityIf enabled, the server will only respond to, and allow access
to and from, the IP addresses of hosts configured in the hosts
table.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.17 |
serverPromptWithNameIf enabled, the Device Server name will be included in login prompts,
command line prompts, etc.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.18 |
serverPasswordLimitThe number of attempts a user is allowed to enter a password
for a port. If this limit is exceeded, the port is disabled
for 5 minutes. A user with Admin level rights can restart the
port, bypassing the timeout, by issuing a kill on the disabled
port. The default value is 3.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.19 |
serverOemLoginWhen set, and a custom language file is in use,
the login prompt will use the string defined in the
language file as the login prompt instead of the default prompt, login:.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.20 |
serverBypassPasswordWhen set, authorized users who do not have a password set,
with the exception of the Admin user, WILL NOT be prompted
for a password at login with Local Authentication.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.21 |
serverSingleTelnetSets all reverse connections to a one connection at a time mode.
Server-side applications will get a (socket) connection refused until:
All data from previous connections on that serial port has drained,
There are no other connections,
Up to a 1 second interconnection poll timer has expired
This also enables a per-connection keepalive TCP keepalive feature.
After approximately 3 minutes of network connection idle time, the
connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer, thus
either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped
connection condition to be recognized by the reverse service
(all connections).rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.22 |
serverFlushOnCloseWhen enabled, deletes any pending data when a port is closed;
as opposed to maintaining the port to send pending data.
Default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.23 |
serverPrimaryAuthMethodThe first authentication method that the Device Server attempts.
Some type of authentication must be done by the Device Server.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.24 |
serverSecondaryAuthMethodIf the Primary Authentication Method fails, the next
authentication method that the Device Server attempts. You
can choose to use authentication methods in combination.
For example, you can specify the Primary Authentication
Method as Local and the Secondary Authentication Method as
RADIUS. Therefore, some users can be defined in the Device
Server (Local) others in RADIUS.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.25 |
serverEthernetSpeedDuplexDefine the Ethernet connection speed at one of the following:
automatically detects the Ethernet interface speed and duplex
10 Mbps Half Duplex
10 Mbps Full Duplex
100 Mbps Half Duplex
100 Mbps Full Duplex
1000 Mbps Full Duplex
Half duplex for sfp module
Full duplex for sfp modulerw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.26 |
serverTFTPRetryThe number of times the Device Server will attempt to
transfer (using TFTP) a file to/from a host. Default is 5.
A value of 0 (zero) means that the Device Server will not
attempt a retry should TFTP fail.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.27 |
serverTFTPTimeOutThe time, in seconds, that the Device Server will wait for
a successful transmit or receipt of TFTP packets before retrying
a TFTP transfer. Default is 3 seconds.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.28 |
serverEnableGuestLoginAllow users who are not defined in the User database to log
into the Device Server with any user ID and the specified password.
Guest users inherit their settings from the Default User's
configuration.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.29 |
serverSecondaryIPaddressThe Device Server's eth2 IPv4 network IP address.
If you are using the Device Server in an IPv6 network,
this field can be left blank.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.30 |
serverSecondarySubnetBitsThe number of bits in the eth2 subnet mask. For example,
a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0 has 16 subnet/prefix bits.
Valid values are 0-32. The default is 0. When the value
is 0, the correct value is determined based on the class
of the IP Address.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.31 |
serverEthSecondarySpeedDuplexDefine the Ethernet connection speed at one of the following:
automatically detects the Ethernet interface speed and duplex
10 Mbps Half Duplex
10 Mbps Full Duplex
100 Mbps Half Duplex
100 Mbps Full Duplex
1000 Mbps Full Duplex
Half duplex for sfp module
Full duplex for sfp module
Note: 1000 Mbps is not supported on certain modelsrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.32 |
serverDHCPUpdateDNSPrimaryIf enabled, the DNS server will be updated after the device server gets the
IP address via DHCP.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.33 |
serverPowerManagementMenuStringMenu String for power management .rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.34 |
serverActiveStandbyEnabledEnable/disable active standby.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.35 |
serverActiveStandbyMiimonTime in msec for frequency in MII link monitoring.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.36 |
serverActiveStandbyUpdelayDelay in enabling a link after the 'link up' status has been detectedrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.37 |
serverDropSessionDetectionTimeDropped session detection timerw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.38 |
serverAutoObtainDNSIf enabled, the DNS server IP address will be get automatically via DHCP.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.39 |
serverAutoObtainWINSIf enabled, the WINS server IP address will be get automatically via DHCP.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.40 |
serverAutoObtainGWIf enabled, the default gateway IP address will be get automatically via DHCP.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.41 |
serverAlwaysAttemptSecondIf enabled, the secondary authentication method will always be used.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.42 |
serverDHCPUpdateDNSSecondaryIf enabled, the DNS server will be updated for the secondary Ethernet interface
after the device server gets the IP address via DHCP.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.43 |
serverDomainPrefixPrimaryThe domain prefix for primary Ethernet interface of the Device Server.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.44 |
serverDomainPrefixSecondaryThe domain prefix for secondary Ethernet interface of the Device Server.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.45 |
serverPortBufferSyslogOutput port buffer to syslog.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.46 |
serverPortBufferKeyStrokeTurn on port buffer keystroke.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.47 |
serverIpsecUseNatEnable or disable NAT traversal for IPsec.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.48 |
serverAutoObtainDNSV6If enabled, the DNS server IP address will be obtained automatically via DHCPv6.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.49 |
serverAuthenticateAdminlocalIf enabled, admin user will be only authenticated locally.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.50 |
serverDisplayMotdWebIf enabled, the WebManager will display message of the day.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.51 |
serverGenericWebLoginScreenIf enabled, the WebManager will not display device server's information on login screen.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.52 |
serverNfsHostTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the port buffering NFS host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.54 |
serverPortBufferSyslogLevelSpecify the syslog level to use for port bufferingrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.55 |
serverEasyPortWebClientSpecifies the telnet/SSH client for EasyPortWeb. Select 'java'
to use the Java applet client. Select 'javascript' to use the
web browser-based client.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.56 |
serverDataLoggingBufferSizeSpecifies the buffer size for Data Logging.rw INTEGER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.57 |
serverDataLoggingOptionsSpecifies whether data logging should be backword compatible with
versions of firmware prior to Version 4.3.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.58 |
serverKeepAliveRetriesSpecifies the number of time the iolan will retry the TCP
keepalive message.rw INTEGER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.59 |
serverKeepAliveTimeoutSpecifies the time to wait for a tcp keepalive message response.rw INTEGER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.60 |
serverEth0MTUSpecifies the size of the ethernet MTU.rw INTEGER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.61 |
serverEth1MTUSpecifies the size of the ethernet MTU.rw INTEGER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.62 |
serverTFTPHostThe name of the TFTP host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.63 |
serverTFTPTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.64 |
serverSecurityRangeIf enabled, the server will only respond to, and allow access
to and from, the IP addresses of hosts configured in the range
of IP addresses.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.65 |
serverRangeStartIPaddressThe start IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.66 |
serverRangeEndIPaddressThe end IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.67 |
serverAccountLockOutIf enabled, the server will lock out the user after a number of
invalid login attempts.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.68 |
serverLoginOnceIf enabled, the server will only allow a user to login once.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.69 |
serverPasswordRulesIf enabled, the server will enforce the password rules for
the user password.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.70 |
serverDisableWebCachingIf enabled, the server will disable caching in the web browser.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.71 |
serverDisableIpForwardingIf enabled, the server will disable IP forwarding between
ethernet interfaces.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.72 |
serverSecurityRange2If enabled, the server will only respond to, and allow access
to and from, the IP addresses of hosts configured in the range
of IP addresses.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.73 |
serverRangeStartIPaddress2The start IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.74 |
serverRangeEndIPaddress2The end IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.75 |
serverSecurityRange3If enabled, the server will only respond to, and allow access
to and from, the IP addresses of hosts configured in the range
of IP addresses.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.76 |
serverRangeStartIPaddress3The start IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.77 |
serverRangeEndIPaddress3The end IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.78 |
serverSecurityRange4If enabled, the server will only respond to, and allow access
to and from, the IP addresses of hosts configured in the range
of IP addresses.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.79 |
serverRangeStartIPaddress4The start IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.80 |
serverRangeEndIPaddress4The end IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.81 |
serverSecurityRange5If enabled, the server will only respond to, and allow access
to and from, the IP addresses of hosts configured in the range
of IP addresses.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.82 |
serverRangeStartIPaddress5The start IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.83 |
serverRangeEndIPaddress5The end IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.84 |
serverSecurityRange6If enabled, the server will only respond to, and allow access
to and from, the IP addresses of hosts configured in the range
of IP addresses.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.85 |
serverRangeStartIPaddress6The start IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.86 |
serverRangeEndIPaddress6The end IP address of the range that the server will only respond
to, and allow access to and from.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.87 |
serverIPaddress3The Device Server's eth3 IPv4 network IP address.
If you are using the Device Server in an IPv6 network,
this field can be left blank.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.88 |
serverSubnetBits3The number of bits in the eth3 subnet mask. For example,
a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0 has 16 subnet/prefix bits.
Valid values are 0-32. The default is 0. When the value
is 0, the correct value is determined based on the class
of the IP Address.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.89 |
serverDHCPUpdateDNS3If enabled, the DNS server will be updated for the third Ethernet interface
after the device server gets the IP address via DHCP.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.90 |
serverDomainPrefix3The domain prefix for third Ethernet interface of the Device Server.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.91 |
serverEth3MTUSpecifies the size of the third Ethernet MTU.rw INTEGER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.92 |
serverEth1MediaTypeFor combo ports, specifies the combo port mode. If not supported, this object is not writeable.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.93 |
serverEth1SgmiiFor SFP ports, specifies whether this port has SGMII (Serial Gigibit Media
Independent Interface) configured. If not supported, this object is not writeable.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.94 |
serverEth2MediaTypeFor combo ports, specifies the combo port mode. If not supported, this object is not writeable.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.95 |
serverEth2SgmiiFor SFP ports, specifies whether this port has SGMII (Serial Gigibit Media
Independent Interface) configured. If not supported, this object is not writeable.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.2.96 |
hostsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.3 |
hostsInfoTableThe hosts info table. SEQUENCE OF HostsInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.3.1 |
hostsInfoEntryAn entry in the hostsInfoTable, each relating to a host. HostsInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.3.1.1 |
hostIndexThe table entry number for this host. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.3.1.1.1 |
hostStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.3.1.1.2 |
hostNameThe host name used for this host entry.
To delete an entry, blank out this field.
If blank, this entry is currently unused.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.3.1.1.3 |
hostIpAddrThe host IP address used for this entry.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.3.1.1.4 |
fqdnThe host full qualified domain name for the host entry.
If blank, this entry is currently unused.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.3.1.1.5 |
userInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4 |
userTableThe user table. SEQUENCE OF UserEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1 |
userEntryAn entry in the userEntry, each relating to a user. UserEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1 |
userIndexThe table entry number for this user. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.1 |
userStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.2 |
userNameThe user name.
To delete a user, set this field to blank.
If blank, this entry is currently unused.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.3 |
userServiceThe type of service that the user will use:
dsprompt, telnet, ssh, rlogin, slip, ppp, tcpclear
or sslraw.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.4 |
userLanguageSets the language the user will view all Menu, CLI,
and WebManager strings.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.5 |
userLevelAdmin-Total access to the Device Server. More than one admin user
account can exist, but we recommend that you only have one.
Normal-Limited access to the Device Server. Limited CLI commands
and Menu access, can configure the user's own configuration settings.
Restricted-Can only access predefined sessions or access the
Easy Port Access menu. Can only view or monitor the Device Server
using CLI commands to display information about the Device Server.
Menu-Only access predefined sessions or access the Easy Port Access
menu. The Easy Port Access allows the user to connect to the
accessible line without disconnecting their initial connection to the
Device Server. Does not have any access to CLI commands.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.6 |
userHotKeyPrefixThe prefix that a user types to control the current session. The
default value is hex 01, which corresponds to Ctrl-a (^a):
^a number-Switches from one session to another, press ^a and then
the required session number. For example, ^a 2 would switch you to
session 2. Pressing ^a 0 will return you to the Device Server Menu.
^a n-Display the next session. The current session will remain active.
^a p-Display the previous session. The current session will remain active.
^a m-To exit a session and return to the Device Server. You will be
returned to where you left off. The session will be left running.
^a l-(Lowercase L) Locks the line until the user unlocks it. The user
is prompted for a password and locks the line. Next, the user must
retype the password to unlock the line.
^r-Redraws the screen.rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.7 |
userPhoneNumberThe phone number the Device Server will dial to callback the user
(you must have set Callback to On). Enter the number without spaces.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.8 |
userCallBackWhen On, enter a phone number for the Device Server to call the user
back (the Callback parameter is unrelated to the Line Dial parameter).
Note: the Device Server will allow callback only when a user is
authenticated. If the protocol over the link does not provide
authentication, there will be no callback. Therefore, when the Line
Service is set to PPP, you must use either PAP or CHAP, because these
protocols provide authentication. The default is Off. The Device Server
supports another type of callback, Roaming Callback, which is
configurable when the Line Service is set to PPP.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.9 |
userIdleTimerThe amount of time, in seconds, that the Idle Timer will run. Use
this timer to close a connection because of inactivity. When the
Idle Timer expires, because there has been no exchange of data within
the specified time, the Device Server will close the connection. The
default is 0 (zero), meaning that the Idle Timer will not expire
(the connection is open permanently).rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.10 |
userSessionTimerThe amount of time, in seconds, that the Session Timer will run. Use
this timer to forcibly close a user's session (connection). When the
Session Timer expires, the Device Server will end the connection. The
default is 0 (zero), meaning that the session timer will not expire
(the session is open permanently, or until the user logs out).rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.11 |
userIpHostWhen the User Service is set to Telnet, TCP_clear or SSL_RAW, the target
host IP address. If 255.255.255.255 is specified in the configuration,
the user will be prompted for an IP address or host name. If no IP
address is specified, the Host IP value in the Default User configuration
will be used. The default is 0.0.0.0.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.12 |
userTelnetPortThe TCP port number for the Telnet session.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.13 |
userSSHPortThe TCP port number for the SSH session.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.14 |
userTcpClearPortThe TCP port number for the TCP-Clear or SSL-Raw session.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.15 |
userFramedIpUsed for User Service PPP or SLIP, sets the IP address of the
remote user. Enter the address in dot decimal notation as follows:
255.255.255.254 (default)-The Device Server will use the Remote
IP Address set in the PPP settings for the line.
255.255.255.255-When the User Service is PPP, the Device Server will
allow the remote machine to specify its IP address (overriding
the IP address negotiation value configured in the PPP settings).
255.255.255.255-When the User Service is SLIP, the Device Server will
use the Remote IP Address set for the line (no negotiation).
n.n.n.n-(where n is a number) Enter the IP address of your choice.
This IP address will then be used in preference to the Remote IP
Address set for a line.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.16 |
userSubnetBits(IPv4 only) If the remote user is on a subnet, enter the number of
bits in the subnet mask. For example, a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0
has 16 subnet/prefix bits.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.17 |
userIpv6InterfaceIdentifierUsed for User Service PPP, sets the IP address of the remote user.
Enter the address in IPv6 format. The first 64 bits of the Interface
Identifier must be zero, therefore, ::abcd:abcd:abcd:abcd is the
expected format.rw Ipv6InterfaceId .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.18 |
userFramedMtuUsed for User Service PPP or SLIP, specifies the maximum size of
packets, in bytes, being transferred across the link. On noisy
links it might be preferable to fragment large packets being
transferred over the link, since there will be quicker recovery
from errors. Depending on whether you have selected a User Service
of SLIP or PPP, details are as follows:
PPP-Framed MTU will be the maximum size of packets that the Device
Server port will accept. This value is negotiated between the
two ends of the link. The valid range is 64-1500. The default
is 1500 bytes.
SLIP-Framed MTU will be the maximum size of packets being sent by
the Device Server. The Device Server will send SLIP packets in
the range 256-1006 bytes. The default value is 256 bytes.
The Framed MTU value will be used in preference to the MTU/MRU values
set for a Line.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.19 |
userFramedCompressionUsed for User Service PPP or SLIP, determines whether Van Jacobsen
Compression is used on the link. VJ compression is a means of reducing
the standard TCP/IP header from 40 octets to approximately 5 octets.
This gives a significant performance improvement, particularly when
interactive applications are being used. For example, when the user is
typing, a single character can be passed over the link with a 40 octet
header attached. VJ Compression has little effect on other types of links,
such as FTP, where the packets are much larger. The Framed Compression
value will be used in preference to the VJ Compression value set for a
Line. The default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.20 |
userRoutingDetermines the routing mode used for RIP packets on the PPP and SLIP
interfaces. Values are:
None-RIP packets are neither received nor sent by the Device Server.
Send-RIP packets can only be sent by the Device Server.
Listen-RIP packets can only be received by the Device Server.
Send and Listen-RIP packets are sent and received by the Device Server.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.21 |
userPortConnectedPort user is currently connected to. -1 if user not connectedro Integer32(-1..2147483647) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.22 |
userSessionTimeCurrent User session time.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.23 |
userIdleTimeCurrent Idle timero Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.24 |
userAllowAccessClusterPortsAllow/disallow the user to access to clustering ports.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.27 |
userHostThe name of the host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.28 |
userTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the user's host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.1.1.29 |
portAccessTableThe port access info table for user. SEQUENCE OF PortAccessEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.2 |
portAccessEntryAn entry in the portAccessTable, each relating to a user's
access privileges for a serial port. PortAccessEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.2.1 |
portAccessUserIndexThe index for the user entry that port access applies to. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.2.1.1 |
portAccessPortIndexThe port number that user access applies to. PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.2.1.2 |
portAccessStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.2.1.3 |
portRWAccessAllowedEnable or disable the user's read write access to the port.rw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.2.1.4 |
portRIAccessAllowedEnable or disable the user's read input access to the port.rw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.2.1.5 |
portROAccessAllowedEnable or disable the user's read output access to the port.rw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.2.1.6 |
userSessionTableuser. SEQUENCE OF UserSessionEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3 |
userSessionEntryAn entry in the userEntry, each relating to a user. UserSessionEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1 |
userSessionUserIndexThe user number. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.1 |
userSessionNumberThe session number. Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.2 |
userSessionStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.3 |
userSessionTypeThe type of session for this session number for this user.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.4 |
userSessionAutoSpecify whether or not the session(s) will start automatically
when the user logs into the Device Server.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.5 |
userSessionTelnetPortFor Telnet sessions, the TCP port number the target host is
listening on for incoming connections.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.6 |
userSessionTelnetHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.7 |
userSessionTelnetTermTypeType of terminal attached to this line; for example, ANSI or WYSE60.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.8 |
userSessionTelnetEchoToggles between local echo of entered characters and suppressing local
echo. Local echo is used for normal processing, while suppressing the
echo is convenient for entering text that should not be displayed on
the screen, such as passwords. This parameter can only be used when
Line Mode is On. Default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.9 |
userSessionTelnetMapnlMaps carriage returns (CR) to carriage return line feed (CRLF). Default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.10 |
userSessionTelnetModeWhen On, keyboard input is not sent to the remote host until Enter is
pressed, otherwise input is sent every time a key is pressed. Default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.11 |
userSessionTelnetInterruptDefines the interrupt character. Typing the interrupt character interrupts
the current process. This value is in hexadecimal with a default value
of 3 (ASCII value ^C).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.12 |
userSessionTelnetQuitDefines the quit character. Typing the quit character closes and exits the
current Telnet session. This value is in hexadecimal with a default value
of 1c (ASCII value FS).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.13 |
userSessionTelnetEOFDefines the end-of-file character. When Line Mode is On, entering the eof
character as the first character on a line sends the character to the remote
host. This value is in hexadecimal with a default value of 4 (ASCII value ^D).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.14 |
userSessionTelnetEraseDefines the erase character. When Line Mode is Off, typing the erase character
erases one character. This value is in hexadecimal with a default value of 8
(ASCII value ^H).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.15 |
userSessionTelnetEchoCCDefines the echo character. When Line Mode is On, typing the echo character
echoes the text locally and sends only completed lines to the host. This
value is in hexadecimal with a default value of 5 (ASCII value ^E).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.16 |
userSessionTelnetBreakDefines the escape character. Returns you to the command line mode.
This value is in hexadecimal with a default value of 1d (ASCII value GS).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.17 |
userSessionSSHPortThe target host TCP port number.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.18 |
userSessionSSHHostThe host that the user will automatically connect to via SSH
after a successful login.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.19 |
userSessionSSHTermTypeThe type of terminal that will connecting via SSH.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.20 |
userSessionSSHVerboseDisplays debug messages on the terminal.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.21 |
userSessionSSHCompressionRequests compression of all data. Compression is desirable
on modem lines and other slow connections, but will only
slow down things on fast networks.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.22 |
userSessionSSHAutoLoginCreates an automatic SSH login, using the Name and Password values.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.23 |
userSessionSSHNameThe name of the user logging into the SSH session.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.24 |
userSessionSSHProtocolSpecify the SSH client version that will be used
for the SSH session.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.25 |
userSessionSSHRSAAn authentication method used by SSH version 1 and 2.
Use RSA authentication for the SSH session.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.26 |
userSessionSSHDSAAn authentication method used by SSH version 2.
Use DSA authentication for the SSH session.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.27 |
userSessionSSHKeyboardThe user types in a password for authentication.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.28 |
userSessionSSHCipherSSH1Select the encryption method (cipher) that you
want to use for your SSH version 1 connection:
3DES or Blowfishrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.29 |
userSessionSSHFirstSSH2CipherSelect the first priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.30 |
userSessionSSHSecondSSH2CipherSelect the second priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.31 |
userSessionSSHThirdSSH2CipherSelect the third priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.32 |
userSessionSSHFourthSSH2CipherSelect the fourth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.33 |
userSessionSSHFifthSSH2CipherSelect the fifth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.34 |
userSessionRloginHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.35 |
userSessionRloginTermTypeType of terminal attached to this line; for example, ansi or wyse60.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.36 |
userSessionTelnetTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with the Telnet service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.37 |
userSessionSSHTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with the SSH service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.38 |
userSessionRloginTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with the Rlogin service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.39 |
userSessionStrictHostKeyCheckingWhen set, the device server must have a host key loaded.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.40 |
userSessionSSHSixthSSH2CipherSelect the sixth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.41 |
userSessionSSHSeventhSSH2CipherSelect the seventh priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.42 |
userSessionSSHEighthSSH2CipherSelect the eighth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.4.3.1.43 |
portInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5 |
portTableThe port configuration table. SEQUENCE OF PortEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1 |
portEntryAn entry in the port configuration table, each relating to a serial port. PortEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1 |
portIndexSerial Port Index. Valid values are 1 to maximum port number the
Device Server supports PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.1 |
portStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.2 |
portNameProvide a name for the line so it can be easily identified.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.3 |
portServiceDefines the Line Service, which determines how the
line will be used. USB ports can only be configured to
reverseraw(4),reversessh(11),,reversetelnet(8),
bidirectionalmodem(5), trueport(25),customapp(23)rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.4 |
portDialDetermines how a modem will work on the line. If your user
is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA, set
this parameter to In; if the Device Server is being used as
a router, set this parameter to either In, Out, or Both,
depending on which end of the link your Device Server is
situated and how you want to initiate the communication.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.5 |
portModemThe name of the predefined modem that is used on this line.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.6 |
portPhoneThe phone number to use when Dial is set to Out.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.7 |
portTermTypeSpecifies the type of terminal connected to the line:
Dumb, WYSE60, VT100, ANSI, TVI925, IBM3151TE,
VT320 (specifically supporting VT320-7),
HP700 (specifically supporting HP700/44),
Term1, Term2, Term3 (user defined terminals)rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.8 |
portPagesFor DSLogin line service, this is the number of video
pages the terminal supports. Valid values are 1-7.
The default is 5 pages.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.9 |
portPreDefinedUserFor DSLogin line service, makes this a line that is dedicated
to the specified user. Only this user will be able to log in
on this line and they won't need to enter their login
name - just their password.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.10 |
portDSPortThe Device Server port number.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.11 |
portIdleTimerEnter a time period, in seconds, for which the Idle Timer will run.
Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity. When the
Idle Timer expires, the Device Server will end the connection. The
maximum value is 4294967 seconds (about 49 days). The default value
of 0 (zero) means the Idle Timer will not expire, so the connection is
permanently open.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.12 |
portSessionTimerEnter a time, in seconds, for which the Session Timer will run. Use this
timer to forcibly close the session (connection). When the Session Timer
expires, the Device Server will end the connection. The default value is
0 seconds so the port will never timeout. The maximum value is 4294967
seconds (about 49 days).rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.13 |
portSecurityEnables/disables login/password authentication, locally or externally,
on reverse Telnet connections. The default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.14 |
portBreakSpecifies how a break is interpreted:
None-The Device Server ignores the break key completely and
it is not passed through to the host. This is the default setting.
Local-The Device Server deals with the break locally. If the user is
in a session, the break key has the same effect as a hot key.
Remote-When the break key is pressed, the Device Server translates this
into a telnet break signal which it sends to the host machine.
Brkintr-On some systems such as SunOS, XENIX, and AIX, a break received
from the peripheral is not passed to the client properly. If the
client wishes to make the break act like an interrupt key (for example,
when the stty options -ignbrk and brkintr are set)rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.15 |
portInboundFlowControlDetermines if input flow control is to be used.
Default is On. This is active only when Line Flow Control
is set to Soft, Hard, or Both.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.16 |
portOutboundFlowControlDetermines if output flow control is to be used.
Default is On. This is active only when Line Flow Control
is set to Soft, Hard, or Both.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.17 |
portInitialModeSpecifies the initial interface a user navigates when logging
into the line; either the Menu or a prompt for the CLI.
The default is CLI.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.18 |
portResetResets the terminal type connected to the line when a user logs out.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.19 |
portKeepaliveEnables a per-connection TCP keepalive feature; after approximately
3 minutes of network connection idle time, the connection will send
a gratuitous ACK to the network peer, either ensuring the connection
stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized
by the reverse raw service.
Applications using this feature need to be aware that there might be
some considerable delay between a network disconnection and the port
being available for the next connection attempt; this is to allow any
data sent on prior connections to be transmitted out of the serial
port buffer. Application network retry logic needs to accommodate this feature.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.20 |
portMapCRMaps carriage returns (CR) to carriage return line feed (CRLF).
The default value is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.21 |
portMOTDEnables/disables the message of the day on the line.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.22 |
portHotKeyPrefixThe prefix that a user types to lock a line or redraw the Menu. The
default value is hex 01, which corresponds to Ctrl-a (^a) (hex value
02 would be Ctrl-b (^b), etc.):
^a l-(Lowercase L) Locks the line until the user unlocks it. The user
is prompted for a password (any password, excluding spaces) and locks
the line. Next, the user must retype the password to unlock the line.
^r-When you switch from a session back to the Menu, the screen may not
be redrawn correctly. If this happens, use this command to redraw it properly.
You can use the Hotkey Prefix key to lock a line only when the Line
Lock parameter is On.rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.23 |
portLockWhen enabled, the user can lock his terminal with a password using the
Hotkey Prefix (default Ctrl-a) ^a l (lowercase L). The Device Server
prompts the user for a password and a confirmation.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.24 |
portEnableIs the Port Enabled. This field is not available on 1-port units.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.25 |
portMultiSessionThe number of Multisessions allowed on this portrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.26 |
portDialRetriesThe number of Dial Retries.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.27 |
portDialTimeoutThe timeout value when dialing in seconds.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.28 |
portInternetAddressThe Internet address of this port.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.29 |
portRawOptionDefines the multihost Service and direct connection initiate moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.30 |
portDirectTriggerDefines the direct connection initiate charrw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.31 |
portDataLoggingWhen on, serial data will be buffered if the TCP connection is lost.
When the TCP connection is re-established, the buffered serial data will
be sent to its destination (this option is not available when Monitor DSR,
Monitor DCD, or Multihost is enabled).
The data buffer is 4K for desktop models and 32K for rack mount models.
If the data buffer is filled, incoming serial data will overwrite the
oldest data. The default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.32 |
portSacSupportWhen on, a user can access SAC (the interface of the Microsoft
Emergency Management Systems utility) through EasyPort Web when the device server's
serial port is connected to a Microsoft Server 2003 or
Microsoft Server 2008 host. The default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.33 |
portSendNameSend the port name on connect. Applies to direct raw, silent raw,
and TruePort (server-initiated) srevice types.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.34 |
portConnectInitiateStringString to be sent when connection is initiated.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.35 |
portConnectTerminateStringString to be sent when connection is terminated.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.36 |
portConnectStringDelayThe delay after sending the connect or terminate string, in millisecondsrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.37 |
portBreakLengthAmount of time, in milliseconds, to send a break signal (tunnel service only)rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.38 |
portBreakDelayThe delay, in milliseconds, after sending a break signal (tunnel service only)rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.1.1.39 |
portHdwTablePort. SEQUENCE OF PortHdwEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2 |
portHdwEntryAn entry in the portHdwEntry, each relating to a port. PortHdwEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1 |
portHdwIndexPort hardware Index PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.1 |
portHdwStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.2 |
portHdwInterfaceSpecifies the type of line that is being used with the
Device Server. Select either EIA-232, EIA-422, or EIA-485.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.3 |
portHdwSpeedSpecifies the baud rate of the line; keep in mind that
speed is affected by the length of the cable. When bCustom
is set, then the baud rate is specified by portHwdCustomSpeed.
Internal modems only support the following baud rates:
300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600,
115200, and 28800.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.4 |
portHdwDataBitsSpecifies the number of bits in a byte. The default is 8.
Internal modems only support 7 and 8 data bits.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.5 |
portHdwParitySpecifies if you are using Even, Odd, or No parity on the line.
If you want to force a parity type, you can specify Mark for 1
or Space for 0.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.6 |
portHdwStopBitsSpecifies the number of stop bits that follow a byte.
Certain models do not support 1.5 stop bits. Internal
modems only support 1 stop bit.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.7 |
portHdwFlowControlDefines whether the data flow is handled by the
software (Soft), hardware (Hard), Both, or None.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.8 |
portHdwMonitorDSRSpecifies whether the RS-232 signal DSR (Data Set Ready) should
be monitored, for Device Servers with a DTE serial interface.
On a Device Server with a DCE serial interface, this object
specifies whether the DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal should
be monitored.
For DTE interfaces, this is used with modems or any device that sends
a DSR signal. When it is monitored and the Device Server detects
a DSR signal, the line service is started. Default is Off. If
both Monitor DCD and Monitor DSR are enabled, both signals must
be detected before the line service is started.
For DCE interfaces, this is used with terminals or other devices
that output a DTR signal.
This value cannot be changed for internal modems.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.9 |
portHdwMonitorDCDSpecifies whether the RS-232 signal DCD (Data Carrier Detect) should
be monitored. This object does not apply to DCE serial interfaces.
This is used with modems or any other device that sends
a DCD signal. When it is monitored and the Device Server detects a
DCD signal, the line service is started. Default is Off. If both
Monitor DCD and Monitor DSR are enabled, both signals must be detected
before the line service is started.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.10 |
portHdwDuplexSpecify whether the line is Full Duplex (communication both ways
at the same time) or Half Duplex (communication in one direction
at a time).rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.11 |
portHdwTXDriverControlUsed with a EIA-485 serial interface, if your application supports
RTS (Request To Send), select this option. Otherwise, select Auto.
Default is Autorw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.12 |
portHdwEchoSuppressionThis parameter applies only to EIA-485 Half Duplex mode. All characters
will be echoed to the user and transmitted across the serial ports.
Some EIA-485 applications require local echo to be enabled in order to
monitor the loopback data to determine that line contention has occurred.
If your application cannot handle loopback data, echo suppression should
be On. The default is echo suppression Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.13 |
portHdwUARTportHdwUARTro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.14 |
portHdwIRQPort Hardware IRQro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.15 |
portHdwTxBytesportHdwTxBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.16 |
portHdwRxBytesportHdwRxBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.17 |
portHdwFrameErrsportHdwFrameErrsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.18 |
portHdwParityErrsportHdwParityErrsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.19 |
portHdwBreaksportHdwBreaksro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.20 |
portHdwOverrunsportHdwOverrunsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.21 |
portHdwRTSportHdwRTSro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.22 |
portHdwCTSportHdwCTSro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.23 |
portHdwDTRportHdwDTRro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.24 |
portHdwDSRportHdwDSRro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.25 |
portHdwCDportHdwCDro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.26 |
portHdwRIportHdwRIro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.27 |
portSoftTerminationEnables or disables software line termination.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.29 |
portHdwCustomSpeedThe custom baud rate for this port.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.30 |
portHdwDiscardCharactersRecievedWithErrorsThis option if set will discard any characters recieved on the
uart that have overrun, framing or parity errors. If not set,
then the characters are sent out the network connectionrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.31 |
portHdwRtsToggleThis option if set will toggle RTS on before transmitting the
first character and toggle RTS off after transmitting the
last character.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.32 |
portHdwRtsInitialDelayThe delay, in msec, between turning RTS on and transmittng
the first character.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.33 |
portHdwRtsFinalDelayThe delay, in msec, between transmitting the last character
and turning RTS off.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.34 |
portHdwDataEquipmentThis option if set will toggle between Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Rolled and
Data Communication Equipment (DCE) Straight.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.35 |
portHdwSlotSlot hardware available.
portHdwSlot.1 (ports 1 - 16)
portHdwSlot.2 (ports 17- 32)
portHdwSlot.3 (ports 33- 48)ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.2.1.36 |
portTelnetTablePort Telnet Table. SEQUENCE OF PortTelnetEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3 |
portTelnetEntryAn entry in the portTelnetEntry, each relating to a port. PortTelnetEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1 |
portTelnetIndexportTelnetIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.1 |
portTelnetStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.2 |
portTelnetPortThe port number the target host is listening on for
incoming connections. Default is 23.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.3 |
portTelnetHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.4 |
portTelnetTermTypeType of terminal attached to this line; for example, ANSI or WYSE60.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.5 |
portTelnetEchoToggles between local echo of entered characters and suppressing
local echo. Local echo is used for normal processing, while suppressing
the echo is convenient for entering text that should not be displayed
on the screen, such as passwords. This parameter can only be used when
Line Mode is On. Default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.6 |
portTelnetMapnlMaps carriage returns (CR) to carriage return line feed (CRLF).
The default value is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.7 |
portTelnetModeWhen On, keyboard input is not sent to the remote host until
Enter is pressed, otherwise input is sent every time a key
is pressed. Default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.8 |
portTelnetInterruptDefines the interrupt character. Typing the interrupt
character interrupts the current process. This value is in
hexadecimal with a default value of 3 (ASCII value ^C).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.9 |
portTelnetQuitDefines the quit character. Typing the quit character closes
and exits the current telnet session. This value is in
hexadecimal with a default value of 1c (ASCII value FS).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.10 |
portTelnetEOFDefines the end-of-file character. When Line Mode is On,
entering the eof character as the first character on a line
sends the character to the remote host. This value is in hexadecimal
with a default value of 4 (ASCII value ^D).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.11 |
portTelnetEraseDefines the erase character. When Line Mode is Off, typing the erase
character erases one character. This value is in hexadecimal with a
default value of 8 (ASCII value ^H).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.12 |
portTelnetEchoCCDefines the echo character. When Line Mode is On, typing the echo
character echoes the text locally and sends only completed lines to
the host. This value is in hexadecimal with a default value of 5
(ASCII value ^E).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.13 |
portTelnetBreakDefines the escape character. Returns you to the command line mode.
This value is in hexadecimal with a default value of 1d (ASCII value GS).rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.14 |
portTelnetTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.3.1.15 |
portSSHTablePort SSH Table. SEQUENCE OF PortSSHEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4 |
portSSHEntryAn entry in the portSSHEntry, each relating to a port. PortSSHEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1 |
portSSHIndexportSSHIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.1 |
portSSHStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.2 |
portSSHPortThe port number the target host is listening on
for incoming connections. The default is port 22.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.3 |
portSSHHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.4 |
portSSHTermTypeThe type of terminal that will connecting via SSH.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.5 |
portSSHVerboseDisplays debug messages on the terminal.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.6 |
portSSHCompressionRequests compression of all data. Compression is desirable
on modem lines and other slow connections, but will only
slow down things on fast networksrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.7 |
portSSHAutoLoginCreates an automatic SSH login, using the Name and Password values.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.8 |
portSSHNameThe name of the user logging into the SSH session.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.9 |
portSSHProtocolSpecify the SSH client version that will be used
for the SSH session.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.10 |
portSSHRSAAn authentication method used by SSH version 1 and 2.
Use RSA authentication for the SSH session.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.11 |
portSSHDSAAn authentication method used by SSH version 2.
Use DSA authentication for the SSH session.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.12 |
portSSHKeyboardThe user types in a password for authentication.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.13 |
portSSHCipherSSH1Select the encryption method (cipher) that you
want to use for your SSH version 1 connection:
3DES or Blowfishrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.14 |
portSSHFirstSSH2CipherSelect the first priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.15 |
portSSHSecondSSH2CipherSelect the second priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.16 |
portSSHThirdSSH2CipherSelect the third priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.17 |
portSSHFourthSSH2CipherSelect the fourth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.18 |
portSSHFifthSSH2CipherSelect the fifth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.19 |
portSSHTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.20 |
portSSHStrictHostKeyCheckingWhen set, the device server must have a host key loaded.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.21 |
portSSHSixthSSH2CipherSelect the sixth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.22 |
portSSHSeventhSSH2CipherSelect the seventh priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.23 |
portSSHEighthSSH2CipherSelect the eighth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES-CBC, CAST, Arcfour,
AES-CTR, AES-GCM, or ChaCha20-Poly1305rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.4.1.24 |
portPPPTablePort PPP Table. SEQUENCE OF PortPPPEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5 |
portPPPEntryAn entry in the portPPPEntry, each relating to a port. PortPPPEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1 |
portPPPIndexportPPPIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.1 |
portPPPStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.2 |
portPPPLocalIpAddrThe IPv4 IP address of the Device Server end of the PPP
link. For routing to work, you must enter a local IP
address. Choose an address that is part of the same network
or subnetwork as the remote end; for example, if the remote
end is address 192.101.34.146, your local IP address can be
192.101.34.145. Do not use the Device Server's (main) IP
address in this field; if you do so, routing will not take
place correctly.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.3 |
portPPPRemoteIpAddrThe IPv4 IP address of the remote end of the PPP link. Choose an
address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the
Device Server. If you set the PPP parameter IP Address Negotiation
to On, the Device Server will ignore the remote IP address value
you enter here and will allow the remote end to specify its IP
address. If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS
parameter Framed-Address is set in the RADIUS file, the Device
Server will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the
value configured here. The exception to this rule is a Framed-Address
value in the RADIUS file of 255.255.255.254; this value allows the
Device Server to use the remote IP address value configured here.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.4 |
portPPPSubnetBitsThe number of bits in the subnet mask. For example, a subnet mask
of 255.255.0.0 has 16 subnet/prefix bits. If your user is
authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed-Netmask is
set in the RADIUS file, the Device Server will use the value in the
RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.5 |
portPPPIpV6LocalIpAddrThe local IPv6 interface identifier of the Device Server end of the
PPP link. For routing to work, you must enter a local IP address.
Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as
the remote end. Do not use the Device Server's (main) IP address in
this field; if you do so, routing will not take place correctly. The
first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero, therefore,
::abcd:abcd:abcd:abcd is the expected format.rw Ipv6InterfaceId .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.6 |
portPPPIpV6RemoteIpAddrThe remote IPv6 interface identifier of the remote end of the PPP link.
Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the
Device Server. If you set the PPP parameter IP Address Negotiation to On,
the Device Server will ignore the remote IP address value you enter here
and will allow the remote end to specify its IP address. If your user is
authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed-Interface-ID is
set in the RADIUS file, the Device Server will use the value in the RADIUS
file in preference to the value configured here. The first 64 bits of the
Interface Identifier must be zero, therefore, ::abcd:abcd:abcd:abcd is the
expected format.rw Ipv6InterfaceId .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.7 |
portPPPAccmSpecifies the ACCM (Asynchronous Control Character Map) characters that
should be escaped from the data stream. This is entered as a 32-bit
hexadecimal number with each bit specifying whether or not the corresponding
character should be escaped. The bits are specified as the most significant
bit first and are numbered 31-0. Thus if bit 17 is set, the 17th character
should be escaped, that is, 0x11 (XON). So entering the value 000a0000 will
cause the control characters 0x11 (XON) and 0x13 (XOFF) to be escaped on the
link, thus allowing the use of XON/XOFF (software) flow control. If you have
selected Soft Flow Control on the Line, you must enter a value of 000a0000
for the ACCM. The default value is 00000000, which means no characters will
be escaped.rw Hex32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.8 |
portPPPMruThe Maximum Receive Unit (MRU) parameter specifies the maximum size of PPP
packets that the Device Server's port will accept. Enter a value between
64 and 1500 bytes; for example, 512. The default value is 1500. If your
user is authenticated by the Device Server, the MRU value will be overridden
if you have set a Framed MTU value for the user. If your user is authenticated
by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed-MTU is set in the RADIUS file, the
Device Server will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the
value configured here.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.9 |
portPPPSecurityThe type of authentication that will be done on the link: None, PAP, or CHAP.
The default is CHAP. You can use PAP or CHAP to authenticate a port or user
on the Device Server, from a remote location, or authenticate a remote
client/device, from the Device Server. PAP is a one time challenge of a
client/device requiring that it respond with a valid username and password.
A timer operates during which successful authentication must take place. If
the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully,
the link will be terminated. CHAP challenges a client/device at regular
intervals to validate itself with a username and a response, based on a hash
of the secret (password). A timer operates during which successful
authentication must take place. If the timer expires before the remote end
has been authenticated successfully, the link will be terminated. When
setting either PAP and CHAP, make sure the Device Server and the remote
client/device have the same setting. For example, if the Device Server is set
to PAP, but the remote end is set to CHAP, the connection will be refused.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.10 |
portPPPUserComplete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP (security
protocols) in the Security field, and you wish to dedicate this line
to a single remote user, who will be authenticated by the Device Server,
or you are using the Device Server as a router (back-to-back with
another Device Server). When Dial is set to Out or Both, the User is the
name the remote device will use to authenticate a port on this Device Server.
The remote device will only authenticate your Device Server's port when PAP
or CHAP are operating. You can enter a maximum of sixteen alphanumeric
characters; for example, tracy201. When connecting together two networks,
enter a dummy user name; for example, DS_HQ.
Note If you want a reasonable level of security, the user name and password
should not be similar to a user name or password used regularly to login to
the Device Server. External authentication can not be used for this user.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.11 |
portPPPRemoteUserComplete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP (security protocols)
in the Security field, and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote
user, who will be authenticated by the Device Server, or you are using the
Device Server as a router (back-to-back with another Device Server) When Dial
is set to In or Both, the Remote User is the name the Device Server will use
to authenticate the port on the remote device. Your Device Server will only
authenticate the port on the remote device when PAP or CHAP are operating.
You can enter a maximum of sixteen alphanumeric characters. When connecting
together two networks, enter a dummy user name; for example, DS_SALES.
Note If you want a reasonable level of security, the user name and password
should not be similar to a user name or password used regularly to login to
the Device Server. This option does not work with external authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.12 |
portPPPACCompThis determines whether compression of the PPP Address and Control fields
take place on the link. The default is On. For most applications this should
be enabled.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.13 |
portPPPProtoCompThis determines whether compression of the PPP Protocol field takes
place on this link. The default is On.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.14 |
portPPPVJCompThis determines whether Van Jacobson Compression is used on this link.
The default is On. If your user is authenticated by the Device Server,
this VJ compression value will be overridden if you have set the User
Framed Compression On. If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the
RADIUS parameter Framed-Compression is set in the RADIUS file, the
Device Server will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to
the value configured here.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.15 |
portPPPMagicNegotiationDetermines if a line is looping back. If enabled (On), random
numbers are sent on the link. The random numbers should be
different, unless the link loops back. The default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.16 |
portPPPIPAddrNegotiationSpecifies whether or not IP address negotiation will take place.
IP address negotiation is where the Device Server allows the
remote end to specify its IP address. The default value is Off.
When On, the IP address specified by the remote end will be used
in preference to the Remote IP Address set for a Line. When Off,
the Remote IP Address set for the Line will be used.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.17 |
portPPPCRTimeoutThe maximum time, in seconds, that LCP (Link Control Protocol)
will wait before it considers a configure request packet to have
been lost.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.18 |
portPPPTRTimeoutThe maximum time, in seconds, that LCP (Link Control Protocol)
will wait before it considers a terminate request packet to have
been lost.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.19 |
portPPPCRRetryThe maximum number of times a configure request packet will
be sent before the link is terminated.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.20 |
portPPPTRRetryThe maximum number of times a terminate request packet will
be sent before the link is terminated.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.21 |
portPPPNakRetryThe maximum number of times a configure NAK packet will
be sent before the link is terminated.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.22 |
portPPPAuthTimeoutThe timeout, in seconds, during which successful PAP or
CHAP authentication must take place (when PAP or CHAP is
turned On). If the timer expires before the remote end has
been authenticated successfully, the link will be terminated.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.23 |
portPPPRoamingCallbackA user can enter a telephone number that the Device Server
will use to callback him/her. This feature is particularly
useful for a mobile user. Roaming callback can only work when
the User Callback parameter is set to On. Roaming callback
therefore overrides (fixed) User Callback.To use Roaming
Callback, the remote end must be a Microsoft Windows OS that
supports Microsoft's Callback Control Protocol (CBCP). The user
is allowed 30 seconds to enter a telephone number after which
the Device Server ends the call. The default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.24 |
portPPPChallengIntervalThe interval, in seconds, for which the Device Server will
issue a CHAP re-challenge to the remote end. During CHAP
authentication, an initial CHAP challenge takes place, and
is unrelated to CHAP re-challenges. The initial challenge takes
place even if re-challenges are disabled. Some PPP client software
does not work with CHAP re-challenges, so you might want to leave
the parameter disabled in the Device Server. The default value
is 0 (zero), meaning CHAP re-challenge is disabled.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.25 |
portPPPRoutingDetermines the routing mode (RIP, Routing Information Protocol)
used on the PPP interface as one of the following options:
None-Disables RIP over the PPP/SLIP interface.
Send-Sends RIP over the PPP/SLIP interface.
Listen-Listens for RIP over the PPP/SLIP interface.
Send and Listen-Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the PPP/SLIP interface.
This is the same function as the Framed-Routing attribute for
RADIUS authenticated users. Default is None.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.26 |
portPPPDynamicDNSEnabledEnable/disable dynamic DNS.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.27 |
portPPPDynamicDNSHostnameHost name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.28 |
portPPPDynamicDNSUserNameuser name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.29 |
portPPPDynamicDNSPasswordPassword.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.30 |
portPPPDynamicDNSStatusStringDynamic DNS Statusrw OCTET STRING .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.31 |
portPPPMSDirectConnectionSet for Microsoft PPP connection working moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.32 |
portPPPIPv6PrefixYou can optionally specify an IPv6 global network prefix
that the Device Server will advertise to the device at the
other end of the PPP link. Default: 0:0:0:0rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.33 |
portPPPIPv6PrefixBitsSpecify the prefix bits for the IPv6 global network prefix.
Default is 64.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.34 |
portPPPEchoTimeoutThe timeout, in seconds, to wait for an Echo reply.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.35 |
portPPPEchoRetryThe maximum number of Echo reply timeouts before
the link is terminated.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.5.1.36 |
portSLIPTablePort SLIP Table. SEQUENCE OF PortSLIPEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6 |
portSLIPEntryAn entry in the portSLIPEntry, each relating to a port. PortSLIPEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6.1 |
portSLIPIndexportSLIPIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6.1.1 |
portSlipStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6.1.2 |
portSLIPLocalIpAddressThe IPv4 address of the Device Server end of the SLIP
link. For routing to work you must enter an IP address
in this field. Choose an address that is part of the same
network or subnetwork as the remote end; for example, if
the remote end is address 192.101.34.146, your local IP
address can be 192.101.34.145. Do not use the Device Server's
(main) IP address in this field; if you do so, routing will not
take place correctly.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6.1.3 |
portSLIPRemoteIpAddressThe IPv4 address of the remote end of the SLIP link. Choose
an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as
the Device Server. If your user is authenticated by the Device
Server, this remote IP address will be overridden if you have
set a Framed IP Address for the user. If your user is authenticated
by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed-Address is set in the
RADIUS file, the Device Server will use the value in the RADIUS
file in preference to the value configured here.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6.1.4 |
portSLIPSubnetBitsThe number of bits in the subnet mask. For example,
a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0 has 16 subnet/prefix bits.
If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS
parameter Framed-Netmask is set in the RADIUS file, the
Device Server will use the value in the RADIUS file in
preference to the value configured here.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6.1.5 |
portSLIPMtuThe Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) parameter restricts
the size of individual SLIP packets being sent by the
Device Server. Enter a value between 256 and 1006 bytes;
for example, 512. The default value is 256. If your user
is authenticated by the Device Server, this MTU value will
be overridden when you have set a Framed MTU value for the
user. If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the
RADIUS parameter Framed-MTU is set in the RADIUS file, the
Device Server will use the value in the RADIUS file in
preference to the value configured here.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6.1.6 |
portSLIPVJCompThis determines whether Van Jacobson compression is used
on this link; that is, whether you are using SLIP or
C-SLIP (compressed SLIP). The choices are On (C-SLIP) or
Off (SLIP). The default is On. C-SLIP greatly improves
the performance of interactive traffic, such as Telnet
or Rlogin. If your user is authenticated by the Device
Server, this VJ compression value will be overridden if
you have set a Framed Compression value for a user. If
your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS
parameter Framed-Compression is set in the RADIUS file,
the Device Server will use the value in the RADIUS file
in preference to the value configured here.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6.1.7 |
portSLIPRoutingDetermines the routing mode (RIP, Routing Information Protocol)
used on the SLIP interface as one of the following options:
None-Disables RIP over the PPP/SLIP interface.
Send-Sends RIP over the PPP/SLIP interface.
Listen-Listens for RIP over the PPP/SLIP interface.
Send and Listen-Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the PPP/SLIP interface.
This is the same function as the Framed-Routing attribute for
RADIUS authenticated users. Default is None.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.6.1.8 |
portUDPTablePort UDP Table. SEQUENCE OF PortUDPEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7 |
portUDPEntryAn entry in the portUDPEntry, each relating to a port. PortUDPEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1 |
portUDPIndexportUDPIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1.1 |
portUDPEntryIndexportUDPNumber GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1.2 |
portUDPStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1.3 |
portUDPStartAddressThe first host IP address in the range of IP addresses
(for IPv4 or IPv6) that the Device Server will listen for
messages from and/or send messages torw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1.4 |
portUDPEndAddressThe last host IP address in the range of IP addresses (for
IPv4, not required for IPv6) that the Device Server will listen
for messages from and/or send messages to.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1.5 |
portUDPPortThe port that the Device Server will use to receive messages
from or relay messages to servers/hosts.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1.6 |
portUDPDirectionThe direction in which information is received or relayed:
None-UDP service not enabled.
In-LAN to serial.
Out-Serial to LAN.
Both-Messages are relayed both directions.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1.7 |
portUDPOptionwhen want UDP port be any port which only valid for lan to serial direction set this to 2,
others for auto lean UDP port and specific port set this to 1rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1.8 |
portUDPTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.7.1.9 |
portVmodemTablePort Vmodem Table. SEQUENCE OF PortVmodemEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8 |
portVmodemEntryAn entry in the portVmodemEntry, each relating to a port. PortVmodemEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1 |
portVmodemIndexportVmodemIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.1 |
portVmodemStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.2 |
portVmodemHostThe target host name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.3 |
portVmodemPortThe port number the target host is listening on for messages.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.4 |
portVmodemSuccessStringString that is sent to the serial device when a connection
succeeds. If no string is entered, then the string CONNECT
will be sent with the connecting speed, for example CONNECT 9600.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.5 |
portVmodemFailureStringString that is sent to the serial device when a connection fails.
If no string is entered, then the string NO CARRIER will be sent.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.6 |
portVmodemSuppressIf set to No, connection success/failure indication strings are
sent to the connected device, otherwise these indications
are suppressed.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.7 |
portVmodemStyleOne of the following:
Verbose-Return codes (strings) are sent to the connected device.
Numeric-The following characters can be sent to the connected device:
1 Successfully Connected
2 Failed to Connect
4 Errorrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.8 |
portVmodemResponseDelayThe vmodem delay to response, in milliseconds, default is 250.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.9 |
portVmodemEchoIf set to on, vmodem will echo input.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.10 |
portVmodemModeIn auto mode vmodem will automatically use the host and port make connection,
otherwise will wait for use inputrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.11 |
portVmodemDCDDefine the behavior of DCDrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.12 |
portVmodemRTSDefine the behavior of signal RTSrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.13 |
portVmodemDTRDefine the behavior of signal DTRrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.14 |
portVmodemInitStringString that used as initial AT commands.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.15 |
portVmodemTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.8.1.16 |
portRawTablePort Raw Table. SEQUENCE OF PortRawEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.9 |
portRawEntryAn entry in the portRawEntry, each relating to a port. PortRawEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.9.1 |
portRawIndexIndex of the corresponding serial port. PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.9.1.1 |
portRawStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.9.1.2 |
portRawPortThe port number the target host is listening on for incoming connections.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.9.1.3 |
portRawHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.9.1.4 |
portRawTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.9.1.5 |
portBidirTablePort Bidir Table. SEQUENCE OF PortBidirEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.10 |
portBidirEntryAn entry in the portBidirEntry, each relating to a port. PortBidirEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.10.1 |
portBidirIndexportBidirIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.10.1.1 |
portBidirStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.10.1.2 |
portBidirPortThe port number the target host is listening on for incoming connections.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.10.1.3 |
portBidirHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.10.1.4 |
portBidirTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service's target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.10.1.5 |
portRloginTablePort Rlogin Table. SEQUENCE OF PortRloginEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.11 |
portRloginEntryAn entry in the portRloginEntry, each relating to a port. PortRloginEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.11.1 |
portRloginIndexIndex of the corresponding serial port. PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.11.1.1 |
portRloginStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.11.1.2 |
portRloginHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.11.1.3 |
portRloginTermTypeType of terminal attached to this line; for
example, ANSI or WYSE60.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.11.1.4 |
portRloginTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.11.1.5 |
portEmailTablePort Email Table. SEQUENCE OF PortEmailEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12 |
portEmailEntryAn entry in the portEmailEntry, each relating to a port. PortEmailEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1 |
portEmailIndexIndex of the corresponding serial port. PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.1 |
portEmailStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.2 |
portEmailActiveDetermines whether or not email notification
is turned on. Default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.3 |
portEmailLevelChoose the event level that triggers an email notification:
Emergency, Alert, Critical, Error, Warning, Notice, Info, or
Debug. You are selecting the lowest notification level;
therefore, when you select Debug, you will get an email
notification for all events that trigger a message.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.5 |
portEmailToAn email address or list of email addresses that will
receive the email notification.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.6 |
portEmailFromThis field can contain an email address that might
identify the Device Server name or some other value.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.7 |
portEmailReplyThe email address to whom all replies to the email
notification should go.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.9 |
portEmailSubjectA text string, which can contain spaces, that will
display in the Subject field of the email notification.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.10 |
portEmailUseDefaultLevelInherit 'level' setting from the Server Email Alert.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.11 |
portEmailUseDefaultToInherit 'to' setting from the Server Email Alert.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.12 |
portEmailUseDefaultFromInherit 'from' setting from the Server Email Alert.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.13 |
portEmailUseDefaultReplyInherit 'reply' setting from the Server Email Alert.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.14 |
portEmailUseDefaultSubjectInherit 'subject' setting from the Server Email Alert.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.12.1.15 |
portSSLTablePort SSL Table. SEQUENCE OF PortSSLEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13 |
portSSLEntryAn entry in the portSSLEntry, each relating to a port. PortSSLEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1 |
portSSLIndexport SSL Index PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.1 |
portSSLStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.2 |
portSSLEnabledEnables/disables SSL.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.3 |
portSSLuseServerUses the SSL/TLS server configuration for the line.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.4 |
portSSLVersionSpecify whether you want to use:
Any-The Device Server will try a TLSv1 connection first.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv3 connection.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv2 connection.
TLSv1-The connection will use only TLSv1.
SSLv3-The connection will use only SSLv3.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.5 |
portSSLTypeSpecify whether the Device Server will act as an
SSL/TLS client or server. The default is Client.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.6 |
portSSLVerifyPeerCertificateEnable this option when you want the Validation Criteria
to match the Peer Certificate for authentication to pass.
If you enable this option, you need to download an
SSL/TLS certificate authority (CA) list file to the
Device Server. Any values that are entered in the validation
criteria must match the peer certificate for an SSL connection;
any fields left blank will not be validated against the peer
certificate.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.7 |
portSSLCountryA two character country code; for example, US.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.8 |
portSSLStateProvUp to a 128 character entry for the state/province;
for example, IL.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.9 |
portSSLLocalityUp to a 128 character entry for the location;
for example, a city.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.10 |
portSSLOrganisationUp to a 64 character entry for the organization;
for example, Accounting.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.11 |
portSSLOrganisationUnitUp to a 64 character entry for the unit in the
organization; for example, Payroll.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.12 |
portSSLCommonNameUp to a 64 character entry for common name; for example,
the host name or fully qualified domain name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.13 |
portSSLEmailUp to a 64 character entry for an email address;
for example, acct@anycompany.com.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.13.1.14 |
portPacketForwardingTableThe port packet forwarding configuration table. SEQUENCE OF PortPacketForwardingEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14 |
portPacketForwardingEntryAn entry in the port packet forwarding configuration table, each relating to a serial port. PortPacketForwardingEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1 |
portPacketForwardingIndexPort Index PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.1 |
portPacketForwardingStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.2 |
portPacketForwardingPacketSizeWhen the size of the packet equals this value the packet is
transmitted. 0 - Ignore optionrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.3 |
portPacketForwardingIdleTimeWhen the elapsed time between one character to another character
equals this value the packet is transmitted. 0 - Ignore optionrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.4 |
portPacketForwardingForceTransmitTimeWhen the elapsed time from the 1st character received equals this
value the packet is transmitted. 0 - Ignore option.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.5 |
portPacketForwardingEnableSOF1Enable/disable the start of frame 1.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.6 |
portPacketForwardingSOF1Any characters received before the start of frame is received will
be ignored.rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.7 |
portPacketForwardingEnableSOF2Enable/disable the start of frame 2. When this is enabled SOF1 must
enabledrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.8 |
portPacketForwardingSOF2Any characters received before the start of frame is received will
be ignored.rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.9 |
portPacketForwardingStartFrameTransmitA flag to determine if we will transmit the start of frame character(s).rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.10 |
portPacketForwardingEnableEOF1Enable/disable the end of frame 1.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.11 |
portPacketForwardingEOF1The frame will be transmitted after this character is received based on the
forwarding rule.rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.12 |
portPacketForwardingEnableEOF2Enable/disable the end of frame 2. When this is enabled EOF1 must
enabledrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.13 |
portPacketForwardingEOF2The frame will be transmitted after this character is received based on the
forwarding rule.rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.14 |
portPacketForwardingEnableEndTrigger1Enable/disable the end of trigger 1.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.15 |
portPacketForwardingEndTrigger1When the end trigger is received the packet will transmitted based on the
forwarding rules.rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.16 |
portPacketForwardingEnableEndTrigger2Enable/disable the end of trigger 2. When this is enabled EOF1 must
enabledrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.17 |
portPacketForwardingEndTrigger2When the end trigger is received the packet will transmitted based on the
forwarding rules.rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.18 |
portPacketForwardingForwardingRuleForwarding rules.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.19 |
portPacketForwardingPacketIdleTimeWhen in Packet Accumulation mode it used for packet idle timerw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.20 |
portPacketForwardingForwardModeForwarding Mode.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.14.1.21 |
portTunnelTablePort Tunnel Table. SEQUENCE OF PortTunnelEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.15 |
portTunnelEntryAn entry in the portTunnelEntry, each relating to a port. PortTunnelEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.15.1 |
portTunnelIndexportTunnelIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.15.1.1 |
portTunnelStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.15.1.2 |
portTunnelPortThe port number the target host is listening on for incoming connections.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.15.1.3 |
portTunnelHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.15.1.4 |
portTunnelHttpTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.15.1.5 |
portMODBUSSlaveTablePort Modbus Slave Table. SEQUENCE OF PortMODBUSSlaveEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.16 |
portMODBUSSlaveEntryAn entry in the portMODBUSSlaveEntry, each relating to a port. PortMODBUSSlaveEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.16.1 |
portMODBUSSlaveIndexportMODBUSSlaveIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.16.1.1 |
portMODBUSSlaveStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.16.1.2 |
portMODBUSSlaveModeModbus serial device's mode: 0: RTU; 1: ASCII.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.16.1.3 |
portMODBUSSlaveCRLFEnable/disable appending CR/LFrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.16.1.4 |
portMODBUSSlaveUIDRangeThe UID range for this entry.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.16.1.5 |
portMODBUSMasterTablePort Modbus Master Table. SEQUENCE OF PortMODBUSMasterEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.17 |
portMODBUSMasterEntryAn entry in the portMODBUSMasterEntry, each relating to a port. PortMODBUSMasterEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.17.1 |
portMODBUSMasterIndexportMODBUSMasterIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.17.1.1 |
portMODBUSMasterStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.17.1.2 |
portMODBUSMasterModeModbus serial device's mode: 0: RTU; 1: ASCII.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.17.1.3 |
portMODBUSMasterCRLFEnable/disable appending CR/LFrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.17.1.4 |
portCustomAppTablePort CustomApp Table. SEQUENCE OF PortCustomAppEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.18 |
portCustomAppEntryAn entry in the PortCustomAppEntry, each relating to a port. PortCustomAppEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.18.1 |
portCustomAppIndexportCustomAppIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.18.1.1 |
portCustomAppStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.18.1.2 |
portCustomAppCommandThe command line of the custom application.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.18.1.3 |
portTrueportServiceTablePort TrueportService Table. SEQUENCE OF PortTrueportServiceEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.19 |
portTrueportServiceEntryAn entry in the portTrueportServiceEntry, each relating to a port. PortTrueportServiceEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.19.1 |
portTrueportServiceIndexThe index of the corresponding serial port. PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.19.1.1 |
portTrueportServiceStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.19.1.2 |
portTrueportServicePortThe port number the target host is listening on for incoming connections.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.19.1.3 |
portTrueportServiceHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.19.1.4 |
portTrueportServiceClientInitiatedSpecifies whether or not the network connection is initiated
by the clientrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.19.1.5 |
portTrueportServiceActiveSignalWhen the line becomes active, this option has the following impact:
o Lite Mode-When enabled, the EIA-232 signals remain high (active)
before, during, and after the session. When disabled, the
EIA-232 signals remain low (inactive).
o Full Mode-During the session, the client will be control the
state of these signal before and after the connection.
Default is on.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.19.1.6 |
portTrueportServiceTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.19.1.7 |
portPowerManagementTablePort Power Management Table. SEQUENCE OF PortPowerManagementEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.20 |
portPowerManagementEntryAn entry in the portPowerManagementEntry, each relating to a port. PortPowerManagementEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.20.1 |
portPowerManagementIndexportPowerManagementIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.20.1.1 |
portPowerManagementStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.20.1.2 |
portPowerManagementNamePower bar's name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.20.1.3 |
portPowerManagementModelPower bar's modelrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.20.1.4 |
portMultihostTablePort Multihost Table. SEQUENCE OF PortMultihostEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.21 |
portMultihostEntryAn entry in the portMultihostEntry, each relating to a port. PortMultihostEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.21.1 |
portMultihostIndexportMultihostIndex PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.21.1.1 |
portMultihostStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.21.1.2 |
portMultihostModeSet multihost operation mode.all:for muliple host list mode. backup: for primary-backup moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.21.1.4 |
portMultihostOutboundTableMultihost outbound table. SEQUENCE OF PortMultihostOutboundEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.22 |
portMultihostOutboundEntryAn entry in the portMultihostOutboundTable. PortMultihostOutboundEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.22.1 |
portMultihostPortIndexThe port number PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.22.1.1 |
portMultihostOutboundIndexThe outbound entry number GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.22.1.2 |
portMultihostOutboundStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.22.1.3 |
portMultihostOutboundHostIDThe host name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.22.1.4 |
portMultihostOutboundTcpPortThe host TCP port.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.22.1.5 |
portMultihostOutboundTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with this host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.22.1.6 |
portPowerManagementPlugTablePower Management Plug Table. SEQUENCE OF PortPowerManagementPlugEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23 |
portPowerManagementPlugEntryAn entry in the portPowerManagementPlugTable, each relating to a plug. PortPowerManagementPlugEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1 |
portPowerManagementPortIndexThe port number PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.1 |
portPowerManagementPlugIndexThe plug number GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.2 |
portPowerManagementPlugStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.3 |
portPowerManagementPlugNameThe plug's name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.4 |
portPowerManagementPlugPowerUpIntervalThe plug's power up delay.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.5 |
portPowerManagementPlugDefaultStatethe plug's default state.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.6 |
portPowerManagementDSLinethe DS line number which the device on this plug is connected to(0:none, >0:corresponding to the
line number.rw PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.7 |
portPowerManagementMonitorHostThe name of a host to monitor. If the host fails to respond to pings,
this plug's power will be cycled. Set to a blank string to disable
this feature.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.8 |
portPowerManagementMonitorIntervalThe time between pings, in minutes.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.9 |
portPowerManagementMonitorTimeoutThe amount of time to wait after pings, in seconds.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.10 |
portPowerManagementMonitorRetriesThe number of times to retry pings.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.11 |
portPowerManagementMonitorEnableDelayWait before cycling power, in the event of a monitor timeout.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.12 |
portPowerManagementMonitorDelayAmount of time to wait before cycling power, in the event of a monitor timeout.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.13 |
portPowerManagementMonitorEnableConsoleMsgDisplay a message on the serial port, in the event of a monitor timeout,
when power cycle delay is enabled..rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.14 |
portPowerManagementMonitorEnableEmailSend an email alert, in the event of a monitor timeout,
when power cycle delay is enabled..rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.23.1.15 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingTableModbus Master Slave Mapping. SEQUENCE OF PortMODBUSMasterMappingEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingEntryAn entry in the portMODBUSMasterMappingTable, each relating to a slave mapping. PortMODBUSMasterMappingEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1 |
portMODBUSMasterPortIndexThe port number PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.1 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingIndexThe mapping table index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.2 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.3 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingRemoteIPThe remote slave's IP address.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.4 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingTransportTypeThe remote slave's transport protocol type (TCP/UDP).rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.5 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingPortNumberthe transport protocol layer port number (TCP/UDP).rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.6 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingUIDStartThe start UID of the UID range for this entry.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.7 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingUIDEndThe end UID of the UID range for this entry.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.8 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingUIDRangeModeThe UID-IP mapping mode.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.9 |
portMODBUSMasterMappingTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.24.1.10 |
portSSLCipherTableSSL CIpher. SEQUENCE OF PortSSLCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25 |
portSSLCipherEntryAn entry in the sslCipherTable, each relating to a cipher entry. PortSSLCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25.1 |
portSSLCipherIndexThe port number PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25.1.1 |
portSSLCipherPriorityThe cipher priority. 1- highest 5 - lowest. Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25.1.2 |
portSSLCipherStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25.1.3 |
portSSLCipherEncryptionSSL Encryption. None is not allowed for priority 1.
Any will use the first encryption format that can be
negotiated. The default is any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25.1.4 |
portSSLCipherKeySizeMinThe minimum key size value that will be used for
the specified encryption type. The default is 40.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25.1.5 |
portSSLCipherKeySizeMaxThe maximum key size value that will be used for the
specified encryption type. The default is 256.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25.1.6 |
portSSLCipherKeyExchangeThe type of key to exchange for the encryption format:
Any-Any key exchange that is valid is used (this does
not, however, include ADH keys).
RSA-This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and
certificate.
EDHRSA-This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key
and certificate.
EDHDSS-This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key
and certificate.
ADH-This is an anonymous key exchange which does not
require a private key or certificate. Choose this
key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device,
but you want the data encrypted on the SSL/TLS connection.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25.1.7 |
portSSLCipherHMACSelect the key-hashing for message authentication method
for your encryption type: Any, MD5, or SHA1.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.5.25.1.8 |
modemInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.6 |
modemInfoTableThe modem info table. SEQUENCE OF ModemInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.6.1 |
modemInfoEntryAn entry in the modemInfoTable, each relating to a host. ModemInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.6.1.1 |
modemIndexThe table entry number for this modem GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.6.1.1.1 |
modemStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.6.1.1.2 |
modemNameThe modem name used for this modem entry. If blank, this entry
is currently unused.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.6.1.1.3 |
modemInitialisationThe modem Initialisation stringrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.6.1.1.4 |
servicesInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7 |
serviceStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.1 |
serviceDHCPTurn on/off the DHCP Service on the first ethernet interface.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.2 |
serviceRouteDRouteD Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.3 |
serviceTelnetDTurn on/off the TelnetD Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.4 |
serviceSSHDTurn on/off the SSHD Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.5 |
serviceHTTPDTurn on/off the HTTPD Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.6 |
serviceSnmpDTurn on/off the SnmpD Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.7 |
serviceSPCDTurn on/off the SPCD Service (TruePort)rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.8 |
serviceSNTPTurn on/off the SNTP Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.9 |
serviceHTTPSDTurn on/off the HTTPSD Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.10 |
serviceSyslogTurn on/off the Syslog Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.11 |
serviceDeviceManagerDTurn on/off the DeviceManagerD Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.12 |
serviceMODBUSDTurn on/off the Modbus Gateway Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.13 |
serviceSecondaryDHCPTurn on/off the DHCP Service on the eth2 interfacerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.14 |
serviceIPSECTurn on/off the IPSEC Servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.15 |
serviceIncomingPingsAllow incoming ping requestsrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.16 |
serviceThirdDHCPTurn on/off the DHCP Service on the eth3 interfacerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.7.17 |
trueportInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8 |
trueportStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.1 |
trueport50Mapping for trueport baud rate 50rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.2 |
trueport75Mapping for trueport baud rate 75rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.3 |
trueport110Mapping for trueport baud rate 110rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.4 |
trueport134Mapping for trueport baud rate 134rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.5 |
trueport150Mapping for trueport baud rate 150rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.6 |
trueport200Mapping for trueport baud rate 200rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.7 |
trueport300Mapping for trueport baud rate 300rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.8 |
trueport600Mapping for trueport baud rate 600rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.9 |
trueport1200Mapping for trueport baud rate 1200rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.10 |
trueport1800Mapping for trueport baud rate 1800rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.11 |
trueport2400Mapping for trueport baud rate 2400rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.12 |
trueport4800Mapping for trueport baud rate 4800rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.13 |
trueport9600Mapping for trueport baud rate 9600rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.14 |
trueport19200Mapping for trueport baud rate 19200rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.15 |
trueport38400Mapping for trueport baud rate 38400rw TrueportBaud .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.16 |
trueportCustom50Mapping for trueport baud rate 50rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.17 |
trueportCustom75custom mapping for trueport baud rate 75rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.18 |
trueportCustom110custom mapping for trueport baud rate 110rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.19 |
trueportCustom134custom mapping for trueport baud rate 134rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.20 |
trueportCustom150custom mapping for trueport baud rate 150rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.21 |
trueportCustom200custom mapping for trueport baud rate 200rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.22 |
trueportCustom300custom mapping for trueport baud rate 300rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.23 |
trueportCustom600custom mapping for trueport baud rate 600rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.24 |
trueportCustom1200custom mapping for trueport baud rate 1200rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.25 |
trueportCustom1800custom mapping for trueport baud rate 1800rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.26 |
trueportCustom2400custom mapping for trueport baud rate 2400rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.27 |
trueportCustom4800custom mapping for trueport baud rate 4800rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.28 |
trueportCustom9600custom mapping for trueport baud rate 9600rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.29 |
trueportCustom19200custom mapping for trueport baud rate 19200rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.30 |
trueportCustom38400custom mapping for trueport baud rate 38400rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.8.31 |
radiusInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9 |
radiusStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.1 |
radiusPrimaryAuthHostPrimary Radius Authentication Hostrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.2 |
radiusSecondaryAuthHostSecondary Radius Authentication Hostrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.3 |
radiusAuthenticationPortThe port that the RADIUS host listens to for
authentication requests. The default port is 1812.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.4 |
radiusAccountingEnabledRadius Accounting enabledrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.5 |
radiusPrimaryAcctHostName of the primary RADIUS authentication host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.6 |
radiusSecondaryAcctHostName of the secondary RADIUS authentication host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.7 |
radiusAccountingPortThe port that the RADIUS host listens to for
accounting requests. The default port is 1813.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.8 |
radiusAcctAuthRadius Accounting Authenticator enabledrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.9 |
radiusRetryLimitThe number of times the Device Server tries
to connect to the RADIUS server before erroring
out. Valid values are 0-255. The default is 5.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.10 |
radiusTimeoutThe time, in seconds, that the Device Server waits
to receive a reply after sending out a request to
a RADIUS accounting or authentication host. If no
reply is received before the timeout period expires,
the Device Server will retry the same host up to and
including the number of retry attempts. Valid values
are 1-255. The default is 3 seconds.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.11 |
radiusNasIdentifierThe NAS identifier name.
To delete this , set this field to blank.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.12 |
radiusNasIpAddressWhen on, the NAS Identifier obtains ipv4 address automatically.
Default is on.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.13 |
radiusNasSpecifyIpAddressSpecify the unique IPv4 address that NAS Identifier will userw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.14 |
radiusNasIpv6AddressWhen on, the NAS Identifier obtains ipv6 address automatically.
Default is on.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.15 |
radiusNasSpecifyIpv6AddressSpecify the unique IPv6 address that NAS Identifier will userw DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.16 |
radiusPrimaryAuthTunnelPrimary Radius Authentication Tunnelrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.17 |
radiusSecondaryAuthTunnelSecondary Radius Authentication Tunnelrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.18 |
radiusPrimaryAcctTunnelName of the primary RADIUS authentication tunnel.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.19 |
radiusSecondaryAcctTunnelName of the secondary RADIUS authentication tunnel.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.9.20 |
kerberosInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.10 |
kerberosStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.10.1 |
kerberosRealmThe Kerberos realm is the Kerberos host domain name,
in upper-case letters.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.10.2 |
kerberosDomainThe name of a host running the KDC (Key Distribution
Center) for the specified realm. The host name that
you specify must either be defined in the Device
Server's Host Table before the last reboot or be
resolved by DNS.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.10.3 |
kerberosPortThe port that the Kerberos server listens to for
authentication requests. If no port is specified,
the default port 88 is used.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.10.4 |
ldapInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11 |
ldapStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.1 |
ldapHostThe name or IP address of the LDAP host. If you use
a host name, that host must either have been defined
in the Device Server's Host Table before the last
reboot or be resolved by DNS. If you are using TLS,
you must enter the same string you used to create
the LDAP certificate.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.2 |
ldapPortThe port that the LDAP host listens to for
authentication requests. The default port is 389.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.3 |
ldapBaseThe domain component (dc) that is the starting
point for the search for user authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.4 |
ldapEnableTLSEnables/disables the Transport Layer Security
(TLS) with the LDAP host.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.5 |
ldapTLSPortSpecify the port number that LDAP will use
for TLS. The default is port 636.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.6 |
ldapUIDLDAP user attribute.
e.g.
uid (OpenLDAP)
sAMAccountName (Active Directory)
The default is 'uid'.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.7 |
ldapPasswordEncryptionLDAP password encryption method.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.8 |
ldapClientAuthLDAP client authentication.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.9 |
ldapClientNameLDAP client name. Identifies the unit to the LDAP server,
when client authentication is enabled.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.10 |
ldapClientAppendBaseAppend base to LDAP client name.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.11 |
ldapClientPasswordLDAP client password. Identifies the unit to the LDAP server,
when client authentication is enabled.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.12 |
ldapHostTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the LDAP host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.11.13 |
tacacsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12 |
tacacsStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.1 |
tacacsPrimaryHostThe primary TACACS+ host that is used
for authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.2 |
tacacsSecondaryHostThe secondary TACACS+ host that is used
for authentication, should the primary
TACACS+ host fail to respond.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.3 |
tacacsPortThe port number that TACACS+ listens to
for authentication requests. The default
port number is 49.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.4 |
tacacsAccountingEnable/Disable TACACS+ accountingrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.5 |
tacacsAccountingPrimaryHostThe primary TACACS+ accounting host that is used
for.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.6 |
tacacsAccountingSecondaryHostThe secondary TACACS+ accounting host that is used
for , should the primary TACACS+ host fail
to respond.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.7 |
tacacsAccountingPortThe port number that TACACS+ listens to
for accounting requests. The default
port number is 49.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.8 |
tacacsAuthorizationEnable/Disable TACACS+ authorisationrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.9 |
tacacsAlternateServiceNamesEnable alternate service names for TACACS+.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.10 |
tacacsPrimaryTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the primary authentication serverrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.11 |
tacacsSecondaryTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the secondary authentication serverrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.12 |
tacacsAccountingPrimaryTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the primary accounting serverrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.13 |
tacacsAccountingSecondaryTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the secondary accounting serverrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.12.14 |
securidInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.13 |
securidStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.13.1 |
securidMasterHostThe first SecurID server that is tried for
user authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.13.2 |
securidSlaveHostIf the first SecurID server does not respond
to an authentication request, this is the next
SecurID server that is tried for user authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.13.3 |
securidPortThe port number that SecurID listens to for
authentication requests. The default port number is 5500.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.13.4 |
securidTypeYou can specify either SDI or DES encryption for SecurID
server communication. The default is SDI encryption.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.13.5 |
securidLegacyIf you are running SecurID 3.x or 4.x, you need to run
in Legacy Mode. If you are running SecurID 5.x or above,
do not select Legacy Mode.rw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.13.6 |
securidMasterTunnelHTTP tunnel associated with master host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.13.7 |
securidSlaveTunnelHTTP tunnel associated with slave host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.13.8 |
nisInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.14 |
nisStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.14.1 |
nisDomainThe NIS domain name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.14.2 |
nisPrimaryHostThe primary NIS host that is used for authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.14.3 |
nisSecondaryHostThe secondary NIS host that is used for authentication,
should the primary NIS host fail to respond.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.14.4 |
nisPrimaryTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the primary host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.14.5 |
nisSecondaryTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the secondary host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.14.6 |
sshServerInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15 |
sshServerStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.1 |
sshServerRSAWhen a client SSH session requests RSA authentication,
the Device Server's SSH server will authenticate the
user via RSA.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.2 |
sshServerDSAWhen a client SSH session requests DSA authentication,
the Device Server's SSH server will authenticate the
user via DSArw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.3 |
sshServerKeyboardThe user types in a password for authentication.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.4 |
sshServer3DesThe Device Server SSH server's 3DES encryption is
enabled/disabled.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.5 |
sshServerBlowfishThe Device Server SSH server's Blowfish encryption
is enabled/disabled.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.6 |
sshServerAESThe Device Server SSH server's AES-CBC encryption
is enabled/disabledrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.7 |
sshServerCASTThe Device Server SSH server's CAST encryption
is enabled/disabledrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.8 |
sshServerArcfourThe Device Server SSH server's Arcfour encryption
is enabled/disabled.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.9 |
sshServerVerboseDisplays debug messages on the terminal.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.10 |
sshServerCompressionRequests compression of all data. Compression is
desirable on modem lines and other slow connections,
but will only slow down things on fast networks.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.11 |
sshServerBreakStringThe break string used for inband SSH break signal
processing. A break signal is generated on a specific
serial port only when the server's break option is
enabled and the user currently connected using reverse
SSH has typed the break string exactly. The default is
set to ~break, where ~ is tilde; the break string can
be up to eight characters.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.12 |
sshServerSSH1Enable/Disable SSH-1 on the server.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.13 |
sshServerPasswordThe user types in a password for authentication.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.14 |
sshServerLoginTimeoutThe number of seconds that the ssh session will wait to complete
the login process. If the timer expires, then the ssh session
will be terminated.rw INTEGER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.15 |
sshServerAESctrThe Device Server SSH server's AES-CTR encryption
is enabled/disabled.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.16 |
sshServerAESgcmThe Device Server SSH server's AES-GCM encryption
is enabled/disabled.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.17 |
sshServerChaCha20Poly1305The Device Server SSH server's ChaCha20-Poly1305 encryption
is enabled/disabled.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.15.18 |
defUserInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16 |
defUserStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.1 |
defUserServiceThe type of service that the user will use:
dsprompt, telnet, ssh, rlogin, slip, ppp, tcpclear
or sslraw.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.2 |
defUserLanguageYou can specify whether a user will use English or
Customlang as the language that appears in the Menu,
CLI, or WebManager. The Device Server supports one custom
language that must be downloaded to the Device Server;
otherwise, Customlang defaults to English.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.3 |
defUserLevelThe access that a user is allowed:
Admin-The admin level user has total access to the Device Server.
You can create more than one admin user account but we
recommend that you only have one. They can monitor and
configure the Device Server.
Normal-The Normal level user has limited access to the Device Server.
Limited CLI commands and Menu access are available with the
ability to configure the user's own configuration settings.
Restricted-The Restricted level user can only access predefined
sessions or access the Easy Port Access menu. Can only view or
monitor the Device Server using CLI commands to display
information about the Device Server.
Menu-The menu level user will only be able to access predefined session
or access the Easy Port Access menu. The Easy Port Access allows
the user to connect to the accessible line without disconnecting
their initial connection to the Device Server. Does not have any
access to CLI commands.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.4 |
defUserHotKeyPrefixThe prefix that a user types to control the current session. The default
value is hex 01, which corresponds to Ctrl-a (^a) (hex value 02 would
be Ctrl-b (^b), etc.):
^a number-To switch from one session to another, press ^a and then the
required session number. For example, ^a 2 would switch you to
session 2. Pressing ^a 0 will return you to the Device Server Menu.
^a n-Display the next session. The current session will remain active. The
lowest numbered active session will be displayed.
^a p-Display the previous session. The current session will remain active.
The highest numbered active session will be displayed.
^a m-To exit a session and return to the Device Server. You will be
returned to where you left off. The session will be left running.
^a l-(Lowercase L) Locks the line until the user unlocks it. The user is
prompted for a password (any password, excluding spaces) and locks
the line. Next, the user must retype the password to unlock the line.
^r-When you switch from a session back to the Menu, the screen may not be
redrawn correctly. If this happens, use this command to redraw it properly.
The User Hotkey Prefix value overrides the Line Hotkey Prefix value. You can
use the Hotkey Prefix keys to lock a line only when the line Lock parameter is On.rw Hex8 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.5 |
defUserPhoneNumberThe phone number the Device Server will dial to callback the user
(you must have set Callback to On). Enter the number without spaces.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.6 |
defUserCallBackWhen On, enter a phone number for the Device Server to call the user
back (the Callback parameter is unrelated to the Line Dial parameter).
Note: the Device Server will allow callback only when a user is
authenticated. If the protocol over the link does not provide
authentication, there will be no callback. Therefore, when the Line
Service is set to PPP, you must use either PAP or CHAP, because these
protocols provide authentication. The default is Off. The Device Server
supports another type of callback, Roaming Callback, which is
configurable when the Line Service is set to PPP.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.7 |
defUserIdleTimerThe amount of time, in seconds, that the Idle Timer will run. Use this timer
to close a connection because of inactivity. When the Idle Timer expires, because
there has been no exchange of data within the specified time, the Device Server
will close the connection. The default value is 0 (zero), meaning that the
Idle Timer will not expire (the connection is open permanently). The maximum value
is 4294967 seconds. The User Idle Timer will override the Line Idle Timer, with
the exception of reverse Telnet sessions.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.8 |
defUserSessionTimerEnter a time, in seconds, for which the Session Timer will run. Use this
timer to forcibly close the session (connection). When the Session Timer
expires, the Device Server will end the connection. The default value is
0 seconds so the port will never timeout. The maximum value is 4294967
seconds (about 49 days).rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.9 |
defUserIpHostWhen the User Service is set to Telnet, TCP_clear or SSL_RAW, the target
host IP address. If 255.255.255.255 is specified in the configuration,
the user will be prompted for an IP address or hostname. If no IP
address is specified, the Host IP value in the Default User configuration
will be used. The default is 0.0.0.0.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.10 |
defUserTelnetPortThe port number the target host is listening on for
incoming connections. Default is 23.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.11 |
defUserSSHPortuserSSHPortrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.12 |
defUserTcpClearPortThe port number for the TCP-Clear or SSL-Raw session.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.13 |
defUserFramedIpUsed for User Service PPP or SLIP, sets the IP address of the
remote user. Enter the address in dot decimal notation as follows:
255.255.255.254 (default)-The Device Server will use the Remote
IP Address set in the PPP settings for the line.
255.255.255.255-When the User Service is PPP, the Device Server will
allow the remote machine to specify its IP address (overriding
the IP address negotiation value configured in the PPP settings).
255.255.255.255-When the User Service is SLIP, the Device Server will
use the Remote IP Address set for the line (no negotiation).
n.n.n.n-(where n is a number) Enter the IP address of your choice.
This IP address will then be used in preference to the Remote IP
Address set for a line.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.14 |
defUserSubnetBits(IPv4 only) If the remote user is on a subnet, enter the number of
bits in the subnet mask. For example, a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0
has 16 subnet/prefix bits.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.15 |
defUserIpv6InterfaceIdUsed for User Service PPP, sets the IP address of the remote user.
Enter the address in IPv6 format. The first 64 bits of the Interface
Identifier must be zero, therefore, ::abcd:abcd:abcd:abcd is the
expected format.rw Ipv6InterfaceId .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.16 |
defUserFramedMtuUsed for User Service PPP or SLIP, specifies the maximum size of
packets, in bytes, being transferred across the link. On noisy
links it might be preferable to fragment large packets being
transferred over the link, since there will be quicker recovery
from errors. Depending on whether you have selected a User Service
of SLIP or PPP, details are as follows:
PPP-Framed MTU will be the maximum size of packets that the Device
Server port will accept. This value is negotiated between the
two ends of the link. The valid range is 64-1500. The default
is 1500 bytes.
SLIP-Framed MTU will be the maximum size of packets being sent by
the Device Server. The Device Server will send SLIP packets in
the range 256-1006 bytes. The default value is 256 bytes.
The Framed MTU value will be used in preference to the MTU/MRU values
set for a Line.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.17 |
defUserFramedCompressionUsed for User Service PPP or SLIP, determines whether Van Jacobsen
Compression is used on the link. VJ compression is a means of reducing
the standard TCP/IP header from 40 octets to approximately 5 octets.
This gives a significant performance improvement, particularly when
interactive applications are being used. For example, when the user is
typing, a single character can be passed over the link with a 40 octet
header attached. VJ Compression has little effect on other types of links,
such as ftp, where the packets are much larger. The Framed Compression
value will be used in preference to the VJ Compression value set for a
Line. The default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.18 |
defUserRoutingDetermines the routing mode used for RIP packets on the PPP and SLIP
interfaces. Values are:
None-RIP packets are neither received nor sent by the Device Server.
Send-RIP packets can only be sent by the Device Server.
Listen-RIP packets can only be received by the Device Server.
Send and Listen-RIP packets are sent and received by the Device Server.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.19 |
defUserAllowAccessClusterPortsAllow/disallow the user to access to clustering ports.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.20 |
defUserHostThe name of the host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.21 |
defUserPortAccessTableThe port access info table for user. SEQUENCE OF DefUserPortAccessEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.22 |
defUserPortAccessEntryAn entry in the portAccessTable, each relating to a user's
access privileges for a serial port. DefUserPortAccessEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.22.1 |
defUserPortAccessPortIndexThe port number that user access applies to. PortNumber .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.22.1.1 |
defUserPortAccessStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.22.1.2 |
defUserPortRWAccessAllowedEnable or disable the user's read write access to the port.rw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.22.1.3 |
defUserPortRIAccessAllowedEnable or disable the user's read input access to the port.rw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.22.1.4 |
defUserPortROAccessAllowedEnable or disable the user's read output access to the port.rw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.16.22.1.5 |
snmpInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17 |
snmpStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.1 |
snmpContactThe name and contract information of the person who manages this SMNP node.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.2 |
snmpLocationThe physical location of the SNMP node.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.3 |
snmpReadOnlyUser(SNMP version 3) Specified user can only view SNMP variables.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.4 |
snmpReadWriteUser(SNMP version 3) Specified user can view and edit SNMP variables.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.5 |
snmpCommunityTablesnmpCommunityTable SEQUENCE OF SnmpCommunityEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.6 |
snmpCommunityEntrysnmpCommunityEntry SnmpCommunityEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.6.1 |
snmpCommunityIndexsnmpCommunityIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.6.1.1 |
snmpCommunityStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.6.1.2 |
snmpCommunityNameA name that will be sent to the Device Server from an SNMP
manager. This name will define the permissions of the manager.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.6.1.3 |
snmpCommunityIpAddressThe IP address of the SNMP manager that will send requests to
the Device Server. If the address is 0.0.0.0, any SNMP manager
with the Community Name can access the Device Server.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.6.1.4 |
snmpCommunityPermissionPermits the Device Server to respond to SNMP requests by:
None-There is no response to requests from SNMP.
Readonly-Responds only to Read requests from SNMP.
Readwrite-Responds to both Read and Write requests from SNMP.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.6.1.5 |
snmpTrapTablesnmpTrapTable SEQUENCE OF SnmpTrapEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7 |
snmpTrapEntrysnmpTrapEntry SnmpTrapEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7.1 |
snmpTrapIndexsnmpTrapIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7.1.1 |
snmpTrapStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7.1.2 |
snmpTrapNameAn arbitrary trap community name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7.1.3 |
snmpTrapIpAddressDefines the hosts (by IP address) that will receive
trap messages generated by the Device Server. Up to four
trap hosts can be defined.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7.1.4 |
snmpTrapTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7.1.5 |
snmpTrapVersionSet trap version.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7.1.6 |
snmpTrapTypeSet trap type. Inform is only valid for v2c or v3.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7.1.7 |
snmpTrapEnableSet trap enabled.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.7.1.8 |
snmpReadOnlySecurityLevelSet read only user security level.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.8 |
snmpReadOnlyAuthAlgorithmSet read only user authentication method.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.9 |
snmpReadOnlyAuthPasswdset read only user authentication password.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.10 |
snmpReadOnlyPrivacyAlgorithmSet read only user privacy algorithm.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.11 |
snmpReadOnlyPrivacyPasswdset read only user privacy password.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.12 |
snmpReadWriteSecurityLevelSet read write user security level.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.13 |
snmpReadWriteAuthAlgorithmSet read write user authentication method.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.14 |
snmpReadWriteAuthPasswdset read write user authentication password.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.15 |
snmpReadWritePrivacyAlgorithmSet read write user privacy algorithm.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.16 |
snmpReadWritePrivacyPasswdset read write user privacy password.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.17 |
snmpTrapUser(SNMP version 3) Specified user for sending traps.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.18 |
snmpTrapSecurityLevelSet trap user security level.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.19 |
snmpTrapAuthAlgorithmSet trap user authentication method.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.20 |
snmpTrapAuthPasswdset trap user authentication password.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.21 |
snmpTrapPrivacyAlgorithmSet trap user privacy algorithm.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.22 |
snmpTrapPrivacyPasswdset trap user privacy password.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.23 |
snmpEngineIdStringset the string to use to create the engine ID.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.24 |
snmpEngineIdDisplays the current engine ID.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.25 |
snmpInformTimeoutSet Inform timeout in seconds.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.26 |
snmpInformRetriesSet Inform retries in seconds.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.17.27 |
dnsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.18 |
dnsTablednsTable SEQUENCE OF DnsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.18.1 |
dnsEntrydnsEntry DnsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.18.1.1 |
dnsIndexdnsIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.18.1.1.1 |
dnsStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.18.1.1.2 |
dnsIpAddressYou can specify the IP addresses for up to two DNS
(Domain Name Servers) hosts in your network. The first
DNS entry in the list is the primary DNS and the second
DNS entry is the secondary server.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.18.1.1.3 |
dnsActiveActivates/deactivates a DNS entry.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.18.1.1.4 |
winsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.19 |
winsTablewinsTable SEQUENCE OF WinsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.19.1 |
winsEntrywinsEntry WinsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.19.1.1 |
winsIndexwinsIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.19.1.1.1 |
winsStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.19.1.1.2 |
winsIpAddressYou can specify the IP addresses for up to two WINS
(Windows Internet Naming Service) hosts in your network.
The first WINS entry in the list is the primary WINS server
and the second WINS entry is the secondary server.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.19.1.1.3 |
winsActiveActivates/deactivates a WINS entry.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.19.1.1.4 |
gatewayInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20 |
gatewayTablegatewayTable SEQUENCE OF GatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20.1 |
gatewayEntrygatewayEntry GatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20.1.1 |
gatewayIndexgatewayIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20.1.1.1 |
gatewayStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20.1.1.2 |
gatewayHostYou can specify up to twenty hosts to act as gateways
in your network. Each gateway host must be defined in
the Device Server host table.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20.1.1.3 |
gatewayTypeSpecify the type of gateway:
Default-A gateway which provides general access beyond
your local network.
Host-A gateway reserved for accessing a specific host
external to your local network.
Network-A gateway reserved for accessing a specific
network external to your local network.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20.1.1.4 |
gatewayIpAddressWhen the gateway is a Host or Network gateway, you must
specify the IP address of the target host machine/network.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20.1.1.5 |
gatewaySubnetBitsWhen the gateway is a Network gateway, you must specify the
subnet/prefix bits for that network. If the IP address is IPv4,
then the Subnet/Prefix Bits range is 0-32. If the IP address
is IPv6, then the Subnet/Prefix Bits range is 0-128.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20.1.1.6 |
gatewayInterfaceThe interface that the device server is going to use to access the
Remote Host. The list is comprised of the Ethernet interface(s)
and serial ports configured for the Remote Access (PPP) or
Remote Access (SLIP) profiles. This string must be the actual
name of the PPP/SLIP serial port, serial_port_x (where x=number) if no
name is specified or the IPv6 tunnel name or ipv6_tunnelx (where
x=tunnel number).rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.20.1.1.7 |
syslogInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.21 |
syslogStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.21.1 |
syslogPrimaryHostThe first preconfigured host that the Device Server will attempt
to send system log messages to; messages will be displayed on the
host's monitor.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.21.2 |
syslogSecondaryHostIf the Device Server cannot communicate with the primary host,
then the Device Server will attempt to send system log messages to
this preconfigured host; messages will be displayed on the host's monitor.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.21.3 |
syslogLevelChoose the event level that triggers a syslog entry:
Emergency, Alert, Critical, Error, Warning, Notice, Info, Debug
When you select a Level, all the levels that appear above it in the list
also trigger a syslog entry. For example, if you select Error, all Error,
Critical, Alert, and Emergency events will be logged.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.21.4 |
syslogPrimaryTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the primary host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.21.5 |
syslogSecondaryTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the secondary host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.21.6 |
emailInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22 |
emailStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.1 |
emailActiveDetermines whether or not email notification
is turned on. Default is Off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.2 |
emailLevelChoose the event level that triggers an email notification:
Emergency, Alert, Critical, Error, Warning, Notice, Info, or
Debug. You are selecting the lowest notification level;
therefore, when you select Debug, you will get an email
notification for all events that trigger a message.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.3 |
emailToAn email address or list of email addresses that will
receive the email notification.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.4 |
emailFromThis field can contain an email address that might
identify the Device Server name or some other value.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.5 |
emailSMTPHostThe SMTP host (email server) that will process the
email notification request. This can be either a host
name defined in the Device Server host table or the
SMTP host IP address.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.6 |
emailReplyThe email address to whom all replies to the email
notification should go.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.7 |
emailSubjectA text string, which can contain spaces, that will
display in the Subject field of the email notification.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.8 |
emailSMTPUsernameThe username for the SMTP server, if the server requires
authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.9 |
emailSMTPPasswordThe password for the SMTP server, if the server requires
authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.10 |
emailSMTPEncryptionThe encryption method for the SMTP server.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.11 |
emailSMTPValidatePeerCertificateValidate peer SSL/TLS certificate, when SSL or TLS
encryption is used.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.12 |
emailSMTPTcpPortThe TCP port used for communicating with the SMTP server.
For no encryption or TLS encryption, use port 25.
For SSL encryption, use port 465.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.13 |
emailSMTPDomainThe domain for NTLM authentication with the SMTP server, if
applicable.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.14 |
emailSMTPHostTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the SMTP host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.22.15 |
ripInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23 |
ripStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.1 |
ripModeEnable/disable RIP (Routing Information Protocol) mode
for the Ethernet interface with one of the following options:
None-Disables RIP over the Ethernet interface.
Send-Sends RIP over the Ethernet interface.
Listen-Listens for RIP over the Ethernet interface.
Send and Listen-Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the
Ethernet interface.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.2 |
ripAuthenticationSpecify the type of RIP authentication:
None-No authentication for RIP.
Password-Simple RIP password authentication.
MD5-Use MD5 RIP authentication.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.3 |
ripKeysInfoTableThe RIP authentication keys info table. SEQUENCE OF RipKeysInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4 |
ripKeysInfoEntryAn entry in the ripKeysInfoTable, each relating to a
RIP authentication key. RipKeysInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4.1 |
ripKeysChainIndexThe key chain index for this RIP authentication key. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4.1.1 |
ripKeysKeyIndexThe key index in the chain for this RIP authentication key. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4.1.2 |
ripKeyStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4.1.3 |
ripKeyIdThe key Id for this RIP authentication key.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4.1.4 |
ripKeyStartDateThe starting date for which this
RIP authentication key becomes effective.
Format dd/mm/yyyyrw Date .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4.1.5 |
ripKeyStartTimeThe starting time (local time) for which this
RIP authentication key becomes effective.
Format hh:mm:ssrw Time .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4.1.6 |
ripKeyEndDateThe end date , after which this
RIP authentication key is no longer in effect.rw Date .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4.1.7 |
ripKeyEndTimeThe end time (local time), after which this
RIP authentication key is no longer in effect.rw Time .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.23.4.1.8 |
timeInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24 |
timeStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.1 |
timeZoneNameThe name of the time zone when using standard time.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.2 |
timeOffsetThe offset of summer time from standard time in minutes.rw Integer32(-720..840) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.3 |
timeSummerNameThe name of the time zone when using summer time.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.4 |
timeSummerOffsetThe offset of summer time from standard time in minutes.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.5 |
timeSummerModeYou can configure the summer time to take effect:
None-No summer time change.
Fixed-The summer time change goes into effect at
the specified time every year. For example,
April 15 at 1:00 pm.
Recurring-The summer time changes goes into effect
every year at same relative time. For example,
on the third week in April on a Tuesday at 1:00 pm.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.6 |
timeSummerRecStartMonthThe recurring summer time start month.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.7 |
timeSummerRecStartWeekThe recurring summer time start week.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.8 |
timeSummerRecStartDayThe recurring summer time start day.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.9 |
timeSummerRecStartHourThe recurring summer time start hour.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.10 |
timeSummerRecStartMinThe recurring summer time start minuterw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.11 |
timeSummerRecEndMonthThe recurring summer time end month.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.12 |
timeSummerRecEndWeekThe recurring summer time end week.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.13 |
timeSummerRecEndDayThe recurring summer time end day.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.14 |
timeSummerRecEndHourThe recurring summer time end hourrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.15 |
timeSummerRecEndMinThe recurring summer time end minuterw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.16 |
timeSummerFixStartMonthThe fixed summer time start monthrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.17 |
timeSummerFixStartDayThe fixed summer time start dayrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.18 |
timeSummerFixStartHourThe fixed summer time start hourrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.19 |
timeSummerFixStartMinuteThe fixed summer time start minuterw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.20 |
timeSummerFixEndMonthThe fixed summer time End monthrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.21 |
timeSummerFixEndDayThe fixed summer time End dayrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.22 |
timeSummerFixEndHourThe fixed summer time End hourrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.23 |
timeSummerFixEndMinuteThe fixed summer time End minuterw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.24 |
timeSntpModeThe sntp client mode. Valid modes are Unicast, Multicast or Anycastrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.25 |
timeSntpVersionThe sntp client version.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.26 |
timeSntpHost1The first remote SNTP host name that the device server communicates with.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.27 |
timeSntpHost2The second remote SNTP host name that the device server communicates with.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.28 |
timeSntpTunnelName1The HTTP tunnel associated with the first host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.29 |
timeSntpTunnelName2The HTTP tunnel associated with the second host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.30 |
serverSntpServerAuthenticationSpecifies whether the iolan with authenticate the ntp time
server.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.31 |
serverSntpKeyIDSpecifies the key ID to use for host 1 during server authentication.rw INTEGER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.32 |
serverSntpKeyID2Specifies the key ID to use for host 2 during server authentication.rw INTEGER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.24.33 |
fileInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.25 |
fileStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.25.1 |
fileFirmwareHostThe host name or IP address of the server that contains the firmware file.
If you use a host name, it must exist in the Device Server's host table
or be resolved by DNS.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.25.2 |
fileFirmwareNameThe path and file name (do not use a drive letter), relative to the default
path of your TFTP server software, of the update software for the Device
Server that will be loaded when the Device Server is rebooted.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.25.3 |
fileConfigurationHostThe host name or IP address of the server that contains the configuration file.
If you use a host name, it must exist in the Device Server's host table
or be resolved by DNS.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.25.4 |
fileConfigurationNameThe path and file name (do not use a drive letter), relative to the default
path of your TFTP server software, of the new configuration file for the Device
Server that will be loaded when the Device Server is rebooted.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.25.5 |
fileMOTDHostThe host name or IP address of the server that contains the MOTD file.
If you use a host name, it must exist in the Device Server's host table
or be resolved by DNS.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.25.6 |
fileMOTDNameThe path and file name (do not use a drive letter), relative to the default
path of your TFTP server software, of the file that contains a string that
is displayed when a user connects to the Device Server.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.25.7 |
fileMOTDTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the MOTD host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.25.8 |
sntpStatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.27 |
sntpStatsAddresssntpStatsAddressro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.27.1 |
sntpStatsLastUpdatesntpStatsLastUpdatero DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.27.2 |
sntpStatsLeapIndicatorsntpStatsLeapIndicatorro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.27.3 |
sntpStatsVersionsntpStatsVersionro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.27.4 |
sntpStatsModesntpStatsModero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.27.5 |
sntpStatsStratumsntpStatsStratumro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.27.6 |
sntpStatsRefIdsntpStatsRefIdro Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.27.7 |
sntpStatsOffsetsntpStatsro Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.27.8 |
ripTableInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28 |
ripInfoTableThe rip info table. SEQUENCE OF RipInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1 |
ripInfoEntryAn entry in the ripInfoTable, each relating to a rip entry. RipInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1.1 |
ripIndexThe table entry number for this rip. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1.1.1 |
ripTableIpAddrripIpAddrro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1.1.2 |
ripTableLastUpdateLast Update in Secondsro Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1.1.3 |
ripTableVersionVersionro Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1.1.4 |
ripTableAuthTypeAuthentication Typero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1.1.5 |
ripTableSequenceSequencero Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1.1.6 |
ripTableBadPacketsripTableBadPacketsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1.1.7 |
ripTableBadRoutesripTableBadRoutesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.28.1.1.8 |
tcpConnStatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29 |
tcpConnTabletcpConnTable. SEQUENCE OF TcpConnEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1 |
tcpConnEntryAn entry in the tcpConnTable TcpConnEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1.1 |
tcpConnIndexIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1.1.1 |
tcpConnLocalAddressLocalAddressro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1.1.2 |
tcpConnLocalPortLocalPortro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1.1.3 |
tcpConnRemoteAddressRemoteAddressro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1.1.4 |
tcpConnRemotePortRemotePortro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1.1.5 |
tcpConnTxQueueBytestcpConnTxQueueBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1.1.6 |
tcpConnRxQueueBytestcpConnRxQueueBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1.1.7 |
tcpConnStateStatero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.29.1.1.8 |
udpConnStatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30 |
udpConnTableudpConnTable SEQUENCE OF UdpConnEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1 |
udpConnEntryAn entry in the udpConnTable UdpConnEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1.1 |
udpConnIndexIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1.1.1 |
udpConnLocalAddressLocalAddressro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1.1.2 |
udpConnLocalPortLocalPortro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1.1.3 |
udpConnRemoteAddressRemoteAddressro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1.1.4 |
udpConnRemotePortRemotePortro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1.1.5 |
udpConnTxQueueBytesudpConnTxQueueBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1.1.6 |
udpConnRxQueueBytesudpConnRxQueueBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1.1.7 |
udpConnStateStatero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.30.1.1.8 |
ipv6StatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31 |
ipV6StatsRxTotalPktsRxTotalro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.1 |
ipV6StatsRxHdrErrorsRxHdrErrorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.2 |
ipV6StatsRxTooBigErrorsRxTooBigErrorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.3 |
ipV6StatsRxNoRoutesRxNoRoutesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.4 |
ipV6StatsRxAddrErrorsRxAddrErrorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.5 |
ipV6StatsRxUnknownProtosRxUnknownProtosro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.6 |
ipV6StatsRxTruncatedPktsRxTruncatedPktsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.7 |
ipV6StatsRxDiscardsRxDiscardsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.8 |
ipV6StatsRxDeliversRxDeliversro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.9 |
ipV6StatsRxMcastPktsRxMcastPktsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.10 |
ipV6StatsTxForwDatagramsTxForwDatagramsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.11 |
ipV6StatsTxRequestsTxRequestsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.12 |
ipV6StatsTxDiscardsTxDiscardsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.13 |
ipV6StatsTxNoRoutesTxNoRoutesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.14 |
ipV6StatsTxMcastPktsTxMcastPktsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.15 |
ipV6StatsReasmTimeoutReasmTimeoutro Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.16 |
ipV6StatsReasmReqdsReasmReqdsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.17 |
ipV6StatsReasmOKsReasmOKsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.18 |
ipV6StatsReasmFailsReasmFailsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.19 |
ipV6StatsFragOKsFragOKsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.20 |
ipV6StatsFragFailsFragFailsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.21 |
ipV6StatsFragCreatesFragCreatesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.31.22 |
icmpv6StatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32 |
icmpV6TxMsgsTxMsgsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.1 |
icmpV6TxErrorsTxErrorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.2 |
icmpV6TxDestUnreachsTxDestUnreachsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.3 |
icmpV6TxPktTooBigsTxPktTooBigsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.4 |
icmpV6TxTimeExcdsTxTimeExcdsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.5 |
icmpV6TxParmProblemsTxParmProblemsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.6 |
icmpV6TxEchosTxEchosro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.7 |
icmpV6TxEchoRepliesTxEchoRepliesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.8 |
icmpV6TxGroupMembQueriesTxGroupMembQueriesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.9 |
icmpV6TxGroupMembResponsesTxGroupMembResponsesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.10 |
icmpV6TxGroupMembReductionsTxGroupMembReductionsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.11 |
icmpV6TxRouterSolicitsTxRouterSolicitsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.12 |
icmpV6TxRouterAdvertisementsTxRouterAdvertisementsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.13 |
icmpV6TxNeighborSolicitsTxNeighborSolicitsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.14 |
icmpV6TxNeighborAdvertisementsTxNeighborAdvertisementsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.15 |
icmpV6TxRedirectsTxRedirectsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.16 |
icmpV6RxMsgsRxMsgsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.17 |
icmpV6RxDestUnreachsRxDestUnreachsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.18 |
icmpV6RxPktTooBigsRxPktTooBigsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.19 |
icmpV6RxTimeExcdsRxTimeExcdsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.20 |
icmpV6RxParmProblemsRxParmProblemsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.21 |
icmpV6RxEchoRepliesRxEchoRepliesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.22 |
icmpV6RxRouterSolicitsRxRouterSolicitsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.23 |
icmpV6RxNeighborSolicitsRxNeighborSolicitsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.24 |
icmpV6RxNeighborAdvertisementsRxNeighborAdvertisementsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.25 |
icmpV6RxRedirectsRxRedirectsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.26 |
icmpV6RxGroupMembResponsesRxGroupMembResponsesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.27 |
icmpV6RxGroupMembReductionsRxGroupMembReductionsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.32.28 |
udpv6StatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.33 |
udpV6RxDatagramsudpV6RxDatagramsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.33.1 |
udpV6noPortsudpV6noPortsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.33.2 |
udpV6RxErrorsudpV6RxErrorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.33.3 |
udpV6TxDatagramsudpV6TxDatagramsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.33.4 |
tcpConnv6StatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34 |
tcpConnv6TableThe rip info table. SEQUENCE OF TcpConnv6Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1 |
tcpConnv6EntryAn entry in the tcpConnv6Table TcpConnv6Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1.1 |
tcpConnv6IndexIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1.1.1 |
tcpConnv6LocalAddressLocalAddressro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1.1.2 |
tcpConnv6LocalPortLocalPortro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1.1.3 |
tcpConnv6RemoteAddressRemoteAddressro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1.1.4 |
tcpConnv6RemotePortRemotePortro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1.1.5 |
tcpConnv6TxQueueBytestcpConnv6TxQueueBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1.1.6 |
tcpConnv6RxQueueBytestcpConnv6RxQueueBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1.1.7 |
tcpConnv6StateStatero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.34.1.1.8 |
udpConnv6StatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35 |
udpConnv6TableudpConnv6Table SEQUENCE OF UdpConnv6Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1 |
udpConnv6EntryAn entry in the udpConnv6Table UdpConnv6Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1.1 |
udpConnv6IndexIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1.1.1 |
udpConnv6LocalAddressLocalAddressro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1.1.2 |
udpConnv6LocalPortLocalPortro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1.1.3 |
udpConnv6RemoteAddressRemoteAddressro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1.1.4 |
udpConnv6RemotePortRemotePortro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1.1.5 |
udpConnv6TxQueueBytesTxQueuero Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1.1.6 |
udpConnv6RxQueueBytesRxQueuero Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1.1.7 |
udpConnv6StateStatero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.35.1.1.8 |
routev6Info OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36 |
routev6TableThe route IPv6 info table. SEQUENCE OF Routev6Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36.1 |
routev6EntryAn entry in the route IPv6 Table Routev6Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36.1.1 |
routev6IndexIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36.1.1.1 |
routev6DestinationDestinationro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36.1.1.2 |
routev6PrefixBitsPrefixBitsro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36.1.1.3 |
routev6GatewayGatewayro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36.1.1.4 |
routev6MetricMetricro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36.1.1.5 |
routev6FlagsFlagsro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36.1.1.6 |
routev6InterfaceInterfacero DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.36.1.1.7 |
ripv6TableInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.37 |
ripv6InfoTableThe ripv6 info table. SEQUENCE OF Ripv6InfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.37.1 |
ripv6InfoEntryAn entry in the ripv6InfoTable, each relating to a ripv6 entry. Ripv6InfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.37.1.1 |
ripv6IndexThe table entry number for this ripv6. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.37.1.1.1 |
ripv6TableIpAddrripv6IpAddrro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.37.1.1.2 |
ripv6TableLastUpdateLast Update in Secondsro Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.37.1.1.3 |
ripv6TableBadPacketsLast Update in Secondsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.37.1.1.4 |
ripv6TableBadRoutesLast Update in Secondsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.37.1.1.5 |
interfacev6Info OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.38 |
interfacev6InfoTableThe interface IPv6 info table. SEQUENCE OF Interfacev6InfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.38.1 |
interfacev6InfoEntryAn entry in the interface IPv6 table Interfacev6InfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.38.1.1 |
interfacev6Indexinterfacev6Index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.38.1.1.1 |
interfacev6Nameinterfacev6Namero DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.38.1.1.2 |
interfacev6Addressinterfacev6Addressro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.38.1.1.3 |
interfacev6PrefixBitsinterfacev6PrefixBitsro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.38.1.1.4 |
interfacev6Scopeinterfacev6Scopero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.38.1.1.5 |
sslInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39 |
sslServerStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.1 |
sslVersionSpecify whether you want to use:
Any-The Device Server will try a TLSv1 connection first.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv3 connection.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv2 connection.
TLSv1-The connection will use only TLSv1.
SSLv3-The connection will use only SSLv3.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.2 |
sslTypeSpecify whether the Device Server will act as an
SSL/TLS client or server. The default is Client.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.3 |
sslVerifyPeerCertificateEnable this option when you want the Validation Criteria
to match the Peer Certificate for authentication to pass.
If you enable this option, you need to download an
SSL/TLS certificate authority (CA) list file to the
Device Server. Any values that are entered in the validation
criteria must match the peer certificate for an SSL connection;
any fields left blank will not be validated against the peer
certificate.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.4 |
sslCountryA two character country code; for example, US.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.5 |
sslStateProvUp to a 128 character entry for the state/province;
for example, IL.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.6 |
sslLocalityUp to a 128 character entry for the location;
for example, a city.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.7 |
sslOrganisationUp to a 64 character entry for the organization;
for example, Accounting.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.8 |
sslOrganisationUnitUp to a 64 character entry for the unit in the
organization; for example, Payroll.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.9 |
sslCommonNameUp to a 64 character entry for common name; for example,
the host name or fully qualified domain name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.10 |
sslEmailUp to a 64 character entry for an email address;
for example, acct@anycompany.com.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.11 |
sslCipherTableSSL CIpher. SEQUENCE OF SslCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.12 |
sslCipherEntryAn entry in the sslCipherTable, each relating to a cipher entry. SslCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.12.1 |
sslCipherPriorityThe cipher priority. 1- highest 5 - lowest. Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.12.1.1 |
sslCipherStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.12.1.2 |
sslCipherEncryptionSSL Encryption. None is not allowed for priority 1.
Any will use the first encryption format that can be
negotiated. The default is any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.12.1.3 |
sslCipherKeySizeMinThe minimum key size value that will be used for
the specified encryption type. The default is 40.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.12.1.4 |
sslCipherKeySizeMaxThe maximum key size value that will be used for the
specified encryption type. The default is 256.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.12.1.5 |
sslCipherKeyExchangeThe type of key to exchange for the encryption format:
Any-Any key exchange that is valid is used (this does
not, however, include ADH keys).
RSA-This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and
certificate.
EDHRSA-This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key
and certificate.
EDHDSS-This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key
and certificate.
ADH-This is an anonymous key exchange which does not
require a private key or certificate. Choose this
key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device,
but you want the data encrypted on the SSL/TLS connection.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.12.1.6 |
sslCipherHMACSelect the key-hashing for message authentication method
for your encryption type: Any, MD5, or SHA1.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.39.12.1.7 |
consoleInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.40 |
consoleStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.40.1 |
consoleSpeedSpecifies the baud rate of the console port; keep in mind that
speed is affected by the length of the cable.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.40.2 |
consoleFlowControlDefines whether the data flow is handled by the
software (Soft), hardware (Hard) or None.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.40.3 |
consoleMediaTypeDefines whether the USB or RJ45 port is used for console input
when the device is started.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.40.4 |
consoleUsbTimeoutDefines a inactivity timeout for the USB port. If this expires the
console function is switched to the RJ45. Actual time out values are
1-240 minutes plus 0 indicates no timeout.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.40.5 |
ethStatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41 |
ethStatsInfoTableThe Ethernet statistics table. SEQUENCE OF EthStatsInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1 |
ethStatsInfoEntryAn entry in the Ethernet statistics table, each relating to an Ethernet interface. EthStatsInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1 |
ethStatsIndexThe Ethernet interface number. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.1 |
ethStatsNameDisplays Ethernet statistics.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.2 |
ethStatsMacAddressDisplays the MAC address.ro MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.3 |
ethStatsStatusDisplays the Ethernet status:
1 is down and 2 is up.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.4 |
ethStatsBroadcastethStatsBroadcastro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.5 |
ethStatsDebugethStatsDebugro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.6 |
ethStatsLoopbackethStatsLoopbackro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.7 |
ethStatsPointtoPointethStatsPointtoPointro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.8 |
ethStatsNoTrailersethStatsNoTrailersro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.9 |
ethStatsRunningethStatsRunningro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.10 |
ethStatsNoArpethStatsNoArpro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.11 |
ethStatsPromiscuousethStatsPromiscuousro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.12 |
ethStatsRxMulticastethStatsRxMulticastro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.13 |
ethStatsMasterLoadBalancerethStatsMasterLoadBalancerro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.14 |
ethStatsSlaveLoadBalancerethStatsSlaveLoadBalancerro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.15 |
ethStatsMulticastethStatsMulticastro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.16 |
ethStatsSetMediaethStatsSetMediaro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.17 |
ethStatsAutoMediaethStatsAutoMediaro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.18 |
ethStatsDynamicethStatsDynamicro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.19 |
ethStatsLocalAddressethStatsLocalAddressro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.20 |
ethStatsSubnetMaskethStatsSubnetMaskro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.21 |
ethStatsBroadcastAddressethStatsBroadcastAddressro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.22 |
ethStatsMtuethStatsMturo Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.23 |
ethStatsTxQLenethStatsTxQLenro Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.24 |
ethStatsRxBytesethStatsRxBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.25 |
ethStatsTxBytesethStatsTxBytesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.26 |
ethStatsRxPacketsethStatsRxPacketsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.27 |
ethStatsTxPacketsethStatsTxPacketsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.28 |
ethStatsRxErrorsethStatsRxErrorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.29 |
ethStatsTxPktErrorsethStatsTxPktErrorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.30 |
ethStatsRxDroppedPktsethStatsRxDroppedPktsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.31 |
ethStatsTxDroppedPktsethStatsTxDroppedPktsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.32 |
ethStatsRxOverrunsethStatsRxOverrunsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.33 |
ethStatsTxOverrunsethStatsTxOverrunsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.34 |
ethStatsRxFrameErrsethStatsRxFrameErrsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.35 |
ethStatsTxCarrierErrsethStatsTxCarrierErrsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.36 |
ethStatsCollisionsethStatsCollisionsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.41.1.1.37 |
modbusGatewayInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42 |
modbusGatewayStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.1 |
modbusGatewayConnIdleTimeoutConnection/Idle timeout: 0: never close; 1->300.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.2 |
modbusGatewayExceptionEnable/disable modbus exception.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.3 |
modbusGatewayCharacterTimeoutCharacter timeout.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.4 |
modbusGatewayMessageTimeoutMessage timeout.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.5 |
modbusGatewayPortNumberRemote master transport layer (TCP/UDP) port numberrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.6 |
modbusGatewayUIDAddressModeSlave UID address mode.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.7 |
modbusGatewayRemappedUIDRemapped UID under Remapped address moderw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.8 |
modbusGatewayBroadcastEnable/disable propagate Modbus TCP broadcast requests.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.9 |
modbusGatewayNextRequestDelayDelay to allow serial slaves to re-enable receivers before issuing next
master request.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.10 |
modbusGatewayQueuingEnable/disable request queuing.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.11 |
modbusGatewaySSLEnable/disable modbus slave SSL.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.12 |
modbusGatewayIPAliasingEnable/disable modbus slave IP Aliasing.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.42.13 |
modbusStatsInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsTableModbus TCP Slave Statistics Table. SEQUENCE OF ModbusSlaveTCPStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.1 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsEntryAn entry in the Modbus/TCP Slave statistics table, each relating to a serial port. ModbusSlaveTCPStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.1.1 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsPortIndexmodbusSlaveTCPStatsPortIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.1.1.1 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsSerialModeModbus serial device's mode: 0: RTU; 1: ASCII.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.1.1.2 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsSerialFrameErrorsModbus serial port frame errorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.1.1.3 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsTableModbus TCP Master Statistics Table. SEQUENCE OF ModbusMasterTCPStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.2 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsEntryAn entry in the Modbus/TCP Master statistics table, each relating to a serial port. ModbusMasterTCPStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.2.1 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsPortIndexmodbusMasterTCPStatsPortIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.2.1.1 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsSerialModeModbus serial device's mode: 0: RTU; 1: ASCII.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.2.1.2 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsSerialFrameErrorsModbus serial port frame errorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.2.1.3 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsTableModbus UDP Slave Statistics Table. SEQUENCE OF ModbusSlaveUDPStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.3 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsEntryAn entry in the Modbus/UDP Slave statistics table, each relating to a serial port. ModbusSlaveUDPStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.3.1 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsPortIndexmodbusSlaveUDPStatsPortIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.3.1.1 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsSerialModeModbus serial device's mode: 0: RTU; 1: ASCII.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.3.1.2 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsSerialFrameErrorsModbus serial port frame errorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.3.1.3 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsTableModbus UDP Master Statistics Table. SEQUENCE OF ModbusMasterUDPStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.4 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsEntryAn entry in the Modbus/UDP Master statistics table, each relating to a serial port. ModbusMasterUDPStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.4.1 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsPortIndexmodbusMasterUDPStatsPortIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.4.1.1 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsSerialModeModbus serial device's mode: 0: RTU; 1: ASCII.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.4.1.2 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsSerialFrameErrorsModbus serial port frame errorsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.4.1.3 |
ioModbusSlaveStats OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.5 |
ioModbusSlaveStatsServiceModeIndicates whether I/O Modbus service is activero OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.5.1 |
ioModbusSlaveStatsUidI/O Modbus Slave UIDro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.5.2 |
ioModbusSlaveStatsCommandsI/O Modbus Slave Commandsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.5.3 |
ioModbusSlaveStatsResponsesI/O Modbus Slave Responsesro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.5.4 |
ioModbusSlaveStatsExceptionsI/O Modbus Slave Exceptionsro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.5.5 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayTableModbus TCP Slave Gateway Statistics Table. SEQUENCE OF ModbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayEntryAn entry in the modbusStatsGatewayTable. ModbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayPortIndexThe port number index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1.1 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayUIDIndexThe UID index Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1.2 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayRemoteIPThe remote slave/master IP address.ro Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1.3 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayUIDThe UID.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1.4 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayRemotePortNumberThe remote TCP/UDP port number.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1.5 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayCommandsThe commands count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1.6 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayResponsesThe response count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1.7 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayExceptionsthe exceptions count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1.8 |
modbusSlaveTCPStatsGatewayFrameErrorsThe frame errors count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.6.1.9 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayTableModbus Master TCP Gateway Statistics Table. SEQUENCE OF ModbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayEntryAn entry in the modbusStatsGatewayTable. ModbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayPortIndexThe port number index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1.1 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayUIDIndexThe UID index Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1.2 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayRemoteIPThe remote slave/master IP address.ro Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1.3 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayUIDThe UID.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1.4 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayRemotePortNumberthe remote TCP/UDP port number.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1.5 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayCommandsThe commands count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1.6 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayResponsesThe response count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1.7 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayExceptionsThe exceptions count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1.8 |
modbusMasterTCPStatsGatewayFrameErrorsThe frame errors count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.7.1.9 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayTableModbus UDP Slave Gateway Statistics Table. SEQUENCE OF ModbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayEntryAn entry in the modbusStatsGatewayTable. ModbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayPortIndexThe port number index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1.1 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayUIDIndexThe UID index Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1.2 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayRemoteIPThe remote slave/master IP address.ro Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1.3 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayUIDThe UID.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1.4 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayRemotePortNumberthe remote TCP/UDP port number.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1.5 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayCommandsThe commands count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1.6 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayResponsesThe response count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1.7 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayExceptionsThe exceptions count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1.8 |
modbusSlaveUDPStatsGatewayFrameErrorsThe frame errors count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.8.1.9 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayTableModbus UDP Master Gateway Statistics Table. SEQUENCE OF ModbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayEntryAn entry in the modbusStatsGatewayTable. ModbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayPortIndexThe port number index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1.1 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayUIDIndexThe UID index Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1.2 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayRemoteIPThe remote slave/master IP address.ro Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1.3 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayUIDThe UID.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1.4 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayRemotePortNumberThe remote TCP/UDP port number.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1.5 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayCommandsThe commands count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1.6 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayResponsesThe response count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1.7 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayExceptionsThe exceptions count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1.8 |
modbusMasterUDPStatsGatewayFrameErrorsThe frame errors count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.43.9.1.9 |
customAppServerInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.44 |
customAppServerStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.44.1 |
customAppServerCommandThe command line for custom application.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.44.2 |
ioInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45 |
ioGlobalCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1 |
ioGlobalCfgStatusWhen read, this object indicates the state of all the configuration
objects in the ioGlobalCfg group (including all sub-groups and
tables).
Read values:
'configUnchanged'
Indicates that none of the configuration objects have been
changed since the last submit operation.
'configChanged' value is read,
Indicates that 1 or more of the configuration objects has
changed, and a 'submit_changes' operation is required to commit
the values from temporary storage to running config.
Write values:
'submitChanges'
Causes all configuration objects in the ioGlobalCfg group
to be committed from temporary storage to running config.
'discardChanges'
Causes all changes to configuration objects to be discarded
from temporary storage (and replaced with values from
running config).rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.1 |
ioTemperatureScaleThe temperature scale to be used when displaying
thermocouple or RTD valuesrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.2 |
ioFailsafeCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.3 |
ioFailsafeEnableEnable/disable I/O failsafe timerrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.3.1 |
ioFailsafeTimeoutI/O failsafe timeout, in secondsrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.3.2 |
ioModbusCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.4 |
ioModbusEnableEnable/disable I/O Modbus servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.4.1 |
ioModbusUidI/O Modbus UIDrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.4.2 |
ioUdpCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5 |
ioUdpEnableEnable/disable I/O UDP servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.1 |
ioUdpBroadcastIntervalI/O UDP broadcast interval, in secondsrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.2 |
ioUdpTablePort UDP Table. SEQUENCE OF IoUdpEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.3 |
ioUdpEntryAn entry in the ioUdpEntry, each relating to a port. IoUdpEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.3.1 |
ioUdpEntryIndexioUdpNumber GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.3.1.1 |
ioUdpEntryEnableEnable/disable this UDP entryrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.3.1.2 |
ioUdpEntryStartAddressThe first host IP address in the range of IP addresses
(for IPv4 or IPv6) that the Device Server
send messages torw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.3.1.3 |
ioUdpEntryEndAddressThe last host IP address in the range of IP addresses (for
IPv4, not required for IPv6) that the Device Server will
send messages to.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.3.1.4 |
ioUdpEntryPortThe port that the Device Server will use to
relay messages to servers/hosts.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.3.1.5 |
ioUdpEntryTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.5.3.1.6 |
ioTrueportCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.6 |
ioTrueportEnableEnable/disable I/O TruePort servicerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.6.1 |
ioTrueportTcpListenPortI/O TruePort TCP Listening Portrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.6.2 |
ioTrueportSslEnableEnable/disable I/O TruePort SSLrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.1.6.3 |
ioChannelInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2 |
ioChannelCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1 |
ioAnalogCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1 |
ioAnalogCfgTableioAnalogCfgTable. SEQUENCE OF IoAnalogCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1 |
ioAnalogCfgEntryAn entry in the ioAnalogCfgTable IoAnalogCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1 |
ioAnalogChannelIndexI/O analog channel resource index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.1 |
ioAnalogCfgStatusNOTE: This object also applies to the corresponding rows
in ioAnalogAlarmCfgTable. e.g. If changes are submitted
to row 1 of this table (i.e. channel 1), then changes will
also be submitted for all rows in ioAnalogAlarmCfgTable where
ioAnalogAlarmCfgChannelIndex is equal to 1.
When you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.2 |
ioAnalogCfgEnableEnable/disable this analog I/O resourcerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.3 |
ioAnalogCfgDescriptionDescription for the I/O resourcerw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.4 |
ioAnalogCfgTypeAnalog I/O resource type. For current and voltage types, please
note that the corresponding hardware jumpers must be set
accordingly.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.5 |
ioAnalogCfgRtdRangeRange for RTD analog I/Orw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.6 |
ioAnalogCfgThermRangeRange for thermocouple analog I/Orw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.7 |
ioAnalogCfgCurrentRangeRange for current-measuring analog I/Orw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.8 |
ioAnalogCfgVoltageRangeRange for voltage-measuring analog I/Orw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.9 |
ioAnalogCfgAlarmTriggerAnalog I/O alarm trigger typerw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.10 |
ioAnalogCfgAlarmClearModeAnalog I/O alarm clear moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.1.1.11 |
ioAnalogAlarmCfgTableioAnalogAlarmCfgTable. SEQUENCE OF IoAnalogAlarmCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2 |
ioAnalogAlarmCfgEntryAn entry in the ioAnalogAlarmCfgTable IoAnalogAlarmCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2.1 |
ioAnalogAlarmCfgChannelIndexChannel Index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2.1.1 |
ioAnalogAlarmCfgEntryIndexEntry Index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2.1.2 |
ioAnalogCfgAlarmEnableEnable/disable I/O analog alarm entryrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2.1.3 |
ioAnalogCfgAlarmTriggerLevelTrigger level for I/O analog alarm (floating point value)rw DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2.1.4 |
ioAnalogCfgAlarmClearLevelClear level for non-latching I/O analog alarm (floating point
value)rw DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2.1.5 |
ioAnalogCfgAlarmEmailEnable/disable email notification on triggered analog alarmrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2.1.6 |
ioAnalogCfgAlarmSyslogEnable/disable syslog notification on triggered analog alarmrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2.1.7 |
ioAnalogCfgAlarmSNMPEnable/disable SNMP trap notification on triggered analog alarmrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.1.2.1.8 |
ioDigitalCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2 |
ioDigitalCfgTableioDigitalCfgTable. SEQUENCE OF IoDigitalCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1 |
ioDigitalCfgEntryAn entry in the ioDigitalCfgTable IoDigitalCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1 |
ioDigitalChannelIndexI/O digital channel resource index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.1 |
ioDigitalCfgStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.2 |
ioDigitalCfgResourceTypeSet your digital I/O resource type to Input or Output
using this object. Please note that the corresponding
hardware jumpers must be set accordingly.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.3 |
ioDigitalCfgEnableEnable/disable this digital I/O channelrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.4 |
ioDigitalCfgDescriptionDescription for this digital I/Orw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.5 |
ioDigitalInputCfgLatchDigital Input: Latch typerw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.6 |
ioDigitalInputCfgInvertSignalDigital Input: Enable/disable signal inversionrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.7 |
ioDigitalInputCfgAlarmTriggerDigital Input: Alarm trigger typerw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.8 |
ioDigitalInputCfgAlarmClearDigital Input: Clear alarm - manual/automaticrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.9 |
ioDigitalInputCfgAlarmEmailDigital Input: Enable/disable email alert on triggered alarmrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.10 |
ioDigitalInputCfgAlarmSyslogDigital Input: Enable/disable syslog alert on triggered alarmrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.11 |
ioDigitalInputCfgAlarmSNMPDigital Input: Enable/disable SNMP trap on triggered alarmrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.12 |
ioDigitalOutputCfgTypeDigital Output: Output typerw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.13 |
ioDigitalOutputCfgModeDigital Output: Output moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.14 |
ioDigitalOutputCfgPulseModeDigital Output: Pulse mode (counted or continuous)rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.15 |
ioDigitalOutputCfgPulseCountDigital Output: Pulse count (only applies to counted pulse mode)rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.16 |
ioDigitalOutputCfgInactiveSignalWidthDigital Output: Inactive signal width, in 100 ms units (only applies
to pulse mode)rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.17 |
ioDigitalOutputCfgActiveSignalWidthDigital Output: Active signal width, in 100 ms units (only applies
to pulse mode)rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.18 |
ioDigitalOutputCfgDelayDigital Output: Delay time, in 100 ms units (only applies to
delay mode)rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.19 |
ioDigitalOutputCfgFailsafeDigital Output: Failsafe action - choose the action that
will take place when the failsafe timer expiresrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.1.1.20 |
ioDigitalExtensionCfgTableI/O Digial Extention Table. SEQUENCE OF IoDigitalExtensionCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2 |
ioDigitalExtensionCfgEntryAn entry in the ioDigitalExtensionCfgTable IoDigitalExtensionCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1 |
ioDigitalExtCfgChanIndexI/O resource index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.1 |
ioDigitalExtCfgStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.2 |
ioDigitalExtCfgEnableEnable/disable this digital I/O Extensionrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.3 |
ioDigitalExtCfgConnMethodDefines the type of connection being established
Listen for connection, Connect to Host, or Localrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.4 |
ioDigitalExtCfgHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.5 |
ioDigitalExtCfgPortThe port number the target host is listening on for incoming/outgoing connections.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.6 |
ioDigitalExtCfgLinkChannelThe Link Channel that device would make a connection with. The link channel is only valid for Local
connection. The channel must be digital inputrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.7 |
ioDigitalExtCfgKeepaliveEnables a per-connection TCP keepalive feature; after approximately
3 minutes of network connection idle time, the connection will send
a gratuitous ACK to the network peer, either ensuring the connection
stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized
by the reverse raw service.
Applications using this feature need to be aware that there might be
some considerable delay between a network disconnection and the port
being available for the next connection attempt; this is to allow any
data sent on prior connections to be transmitted out of the serial
port buffer. Application network retry logic needs to accommodate this feature.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.8 |
ioDigitalExtCfgMultiHostAllows user to configure the multihost for client/server initiated connectionsrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.9 |
ioDigitalExtCfgTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with the Rlogin service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.2.1.10 |
ioDigitalMultihostTableI/O Digial Multihost Table. SEQUENCE OF IoDigitalMultihostEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.3 |
ioDigitalMultihostEntryAn entry in the ioDigitalMultihostEntry, each relating to digital io channel. IoDigitalMultihostEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.3.1 |
ioDigitalMultihostIndexioDigitalMultihostIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.3.1.1 |
ioDigitalMultihostStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.3.1.2 |
ioDigitalMultihostModeSet multihost operation mode.all:for muliple host list mode. backup: for primary-backup moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.3.1.4 |
ioDigitalMultihostOutboundTableMultihost outbound table. SEQUENCE OF IoDigitalMultihostOutboundEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.4 |
ioDigitalMultihostOutboundEntryAn entry in the ioDigitalMultihostOutboundTable. IoDigitalMultihostOutboundEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.4.1 |
ioDigitalMultihostChanIndexChannel Index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.4.1.1 |
ioDigitalMultihostOutboundIndexThe outbound entry number GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.4.1.2 |
ioDigitalMultihostOutboundStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.4.1.3 |
ioDigitalMultihostOutboundHostIDThe host name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.4.1.4 |
ioDigitalMultihostOutboundTcpPortThe host TCP port.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.4.1.5 |
ioDigitalMultihostOutboundTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with this host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.4.1.6 |
ioDigitalSSLTableio SSL Table. SEQUENCE OF IoDigitalSSLEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5 |
ioDigitalSSLEntryAn entry in the ioDigitalSSLEntry, each relating to a io. IoDigitalSSLEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1 |
ioDigitalSSLIndexio Digital SSL Index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.1 |
ioDigitalSSLStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.2 |
ioDigitalSSLEnabledEnables/disables SSL.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.3 |
ioDigitalSSLuseServerUses the SSL/TLS server configuration for the line.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.4 |
ioDigitalSSLVersionSpecify whether you want to use:
Any-The Device Server will try a TLSv1 connection first.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv3 connection.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv2 connection.
TLSv1-The connection will use only TLSv1.
SSLv3-The connection will use only SSLv3.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.5 |
ioDigitalSSLTypeSpecify whether the Device Server will act as an
SSL/TLS client or server. The default is Client.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.6 |
ioDigitalSSLVerifyPeerCertificateEnable this option when you want the Validation Criteria
to match the Peer Certificate for authentication to pass.
If you enable this option, you need to download an
SSL/TLS certificate authority (CA) list file to the
Device Server. Any values that are entered in the validation
criteria must match the peer certificate for an SSL connection;
any fields left blank will not be validated against the peer
certificate.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.7 |
ioDigitalSSLCountryA two character country code; for example, US.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.8 |
ioDigitalSSLStateProvUp to a 128 character entry for the state/province;
for example, IL.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.9 |
ioDigitalSSLLocalityUp to a 128 character entry for the location;
for example, a city.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.10 |
ioDigitalSSLOrganisationUp to a 64 character entry for the organization;
for example, Accounting.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.11 |
ioDigitalSSLOrganisationUnitUp to a 64 character entry for the unit in the
organization; for example, Payroll.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.12 |
ioDigitalSSLCommonNameUp to a 64 character entry for common name; for example,
the host name or fully qualified domain name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.13 |
ioDigitalSSLEmailUp to a 64 character entry for an email address;
for example, acct@anycompany.com.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.5.1.14 |
ioDigitalSSLCipherTableDigital SSL Cipher. SEQUENCE OF IoDigitalSSLCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6 |
ioDigitalSSLCipherEntryAn entry in the sslCipherTable, each relating to a cipher entry. IoDigitalSSLCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6.1 |
ioDigitalSSLChanIndexThe io number GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6.1.1 |
ioDigitalSSLCipherIndexThe cipher priority. 1- highest 5 - lowest. Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6.1.2 |
ioDigitalSSLCipherStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6.1.3 |
ioDigitalSSLCipherEncryptionSSL Encryption. None is not allowed for priority 1.
Any will use the first encryption format that can be
negotiated. The default is any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6.1.4 |
ioDigitalSSLCipherKeySizeMinThe minimum key size value that will be used for
the specified encryption type. The default is 40.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6.1.5 |
ioDigitalSSLCipherKeySizeMaxThe maximum key size value that will be used for the
specified encryption type. The default is 256.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6.1.6 |
ioDigitalSSLCipherKeyExchangeThe type of key to exchange for the encryption format:
Any-Any key exchange that is valid is used (this does
not, however, include ADH keys).
RSA-This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and
certificate.
EDHRSA-This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key
and certificate.
EDHDSS-This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key
and certificate.
ADH-This is an anonymous key exchange which does not
require a private key or certificate. Choose this
key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device,
but you want the data encrypted on the SSL/TLS connection.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6.1.7 |
ioDigitalSSLCipherHMACSelect the key-hashing for message authentication method
for your encryption type: Any, MD5, or SHA1.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.2.6.1.8 |
ioRelayCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3 |
ioRelayCfgTableioRelayCfgTable. SEQUENCE OF IoRelayCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1 |
ioRelayCfgEntryAn entry in the ioRelayCfgTable IoRelayCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1 |
ioRelayChannelIndexI/O relay channel resource index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.1 |
ioRelayCfgStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.2 |
ioRelayCfgEnableEnable/disable this Relay I/O channelrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.3 |
ioRelayCfgDescriptionDescription for this relayrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.4 |
ioRelayCfgModeRelay output moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.5 |
ioRelayCfgPulseModeRelay pulse mode (only applies when output mode is set to 'pulse'rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.6 |
ioRelayCfgPulseCountRelay pulse count; only applies for counted pulse moderw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.7 |
ioRelayCfgInactiveSignalWidthRelay inactive signal width in 100 ms units; only applies to pulse moderw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.8 |
ioRelayCfgActiveSignalWidthRelay active signal width in 100 ms units; only applies to pulse moderw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.9 |
ioRelayCfgDelayRelay pulse delay, in 100 ms units; only applies to delay moderw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.10 |
ioRelayCfgFailsafeAction to take when the failsafe timer expiresrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.1.1.11 |
ioRelayExtensionCfgTableioRelayExtensionCfgTable SEQUENCE OF IoRelayExtensionCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2 |
ioRelayExtensionCfgEntryAn entry in the ioReleayExtensionCfgTable IoRelayExtensionCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1 |
ioRelayExtCfgChanIndexI/O Relay channel resource index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.1 |
ioRelayExtCfgStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.2 |
ioRelayExtCfgEnableEnable/disable this digital I/O Extensionrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.3 |
ioRelayExtCfgConnMethodDefines the type of connection being established
Listen for connection, Connect to Host, or Localrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.4 |
ioRelayExtCfgHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.5 |
ioRelayExtCfgPortThe port number the target host is listening on for incoming/outgoing connections.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.6 |
ioRelayExtCfgLinkChannelThe Link Channel that device would make a connection with. The link channel is only valid for Local
connection. The channel must be digital inputrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.7 |
ioRelayExtCfgKeepaliveEnables a per-connection TCP keepalive feature; after approximately
3 minutes of network connection idle time, the connection will send
a gratuitous ACK to the network peer, either ensuring the connection
stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized
by the reverse raw service.
Applications using this feature need to be aware that there might be
some considerable delay between a network disconnection and the port
being available for the next connection attempt; this is to allow any
data sent on prior connections to be transmitted out of the serial
port buffer. Application network retry logic needs to accommodate this feature.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.8 |
ioRelayExtCfgMultiHostAllows user to configure the multihost for client/server initiated connectionsrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.9 |
ioRelayExtCfgTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with the Rlogin service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.2.1.10 |
ioRelayMultihostTableI/O Multihost Table. SEQUENCE OF IoRelayMultihostEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.3 |
ioRelayMultihostEntryAn entry in the ioRelayMultihostEntry, each relating to digital io channel. IoRelayMultihostEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.3.1 |
ioRelayMultihostIndexioRelayMultihostChanIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.3.1.1 |
ioRelayMultihostStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.3.1.2 |
ioRelayMultihostModeSet multihost operation mode.all:for muliple host list mode. backup: for primary-backup moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.3.1.4 |
ioRelayMultihostOutboundTableMultihost outbound table. SEQUENCE OF IoRelayMultihostOutboundEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.4 |
ioRelayMultihostOutboundEntryAn entry in the ioRelayMultihostOutboundTable. IoRelayMultihostOutboundEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.4.1 |
ioRelayMultihostChanIndexChannel Index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.4.1.1 |
ioRelayMultihostOutboundIndexThe outbound entry number GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.4.1.2 |
ioRelayMultihostOutboundStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.4.1.3 |
ioRelayMultihostOutboundHostIDThe host name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.4.1.4 |
ioRelayMultihostOutboundTcpPortThe host TCP port.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.4.1.5 |
ioRelayMultihostOutboundTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with this host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.4.1.6 |
ioRelaySSLTableio Relay SSL Table. SEQUENCE OF IoRelaySSLEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5 |
ioRelaySSLEntryAn entry in the ioRelaySSLEntry, each relating to a io. IoRelaySSLEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1 |
ioRelaySSLIndexio Relay SSL Index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.1 |
ioRelaySSLStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.2 |
ioRelaySSLEnabledEnables/disables SSL.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.3 |
ioRelaySSLuseServerUses the SSL/TLS server configuration for the line.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.4 |
ioRelaySSLVersionSpecify whether you want to use:
Any-The Device Server will try a TLSv1 connection first.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv3 connection.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv2 connection.
TLSv1-The connection will use only TLSv1.
SSLv3-The connection will use only SSLv3.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.5 |
ioRelaySSLTypeSpecify whether the Device Server will act as an
SSL/TLS client or server. The default is Client.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.6 |
ioRelaySSLVerifyPeerCertificateEnable this option when you want the Validation Criteria
to match the Peer Certificate for authentication to pass.
If you enable this option, you need to download an
SSL/TLS certificate authority (CA) list file to the
Device Server. Any values that are entered in the validation
criteria must match the peer certificate for an SSL connection;
any fields left blank will not be validated against the peer
certificate.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.7 |
ioRelaySSLCountryA two character country code; for example, US.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.8 |
ioRelaySSLStateProvUp to a 128 character entry for the state/province;
for example, IL.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.9 |
ioRelaySSLLocalityUp to a 128 character entry for the location;
for example, a city.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.10 |
ioRelaySSLOrganisationUp to a 64 character entry for the organization;
for example, Accounting.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.11 |
ioRelaySSLOrganisationUnitUp to a 64 character entry for the unit in the
organization; for example, Payroll.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.12 |
ioRelaySSLCommonNameUp to a 64 character entry for common name; for example,
the host name or fully qualified domain name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.13 |
ioRelaySSLEmailUp to a 64 character entry for an email address;
for example, acct@anycompany.com.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.5.1.14 |
ioRelaySSLCipherTableSSL CIpher. SEQUENCE OF IoRelaySSLCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6 |
ioRelaySSLCipherEntryAn entry in the sslCipherTable, each relating to a cipher entry. IoRelaySSLCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6.1 |
ioRelaySSLChanIndexThe io number GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6.1.1 |
ioRelaySSLCipherIndexThe cipher priority. 1- highest 5 - lowest. Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6.1.2 |
ioRelaySSLCipherStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6.1.3 |
ioRelaySSLCipherEncryptionSSL Encryption. None is not allowed for priority 1.
Any will use the first encryption format that can be
negotiated. The default is any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6.1.4 |
ioRelaySSLCipherKeySizeMinThe minimum key size value that will be used for
the specified encryption type. The default is 40.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6.1.5 |
ioRelaySSLCipherKeySizeMaxThe maximum key size value that will be used for the
specified encryption type. The default is 256.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6.1.6 |
ioRelaySSLCipherKeyExchangeThe type of key to exchange for the encryption format:
Any-Any key exchange that is valid is used (this does
not, however, include ADH keys).
RSA-This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and
certificate.
EDHRSA-This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key
and certificate.
EDHDSS-This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key
and certificate.
ADH-This is an anonymous key exchange which does not
require a private key or certificate. Choose this
key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device,
but you want the data encrypted on the SSL/TLS connection.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6.1.7 |
ioRelaySSLCipherHMACSelect the key-hashing for message authentication method
for your encryption type: Any, MD5, or SHA1.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.3.6.1.8 |
ioLineSignalCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4 |
ioLineSignalCfgTableioLineSignalCfgTable. SEQUENCE OF IoLineSignalCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1 |
ioLineSignalCfgEntryAn entry in the ioLineSignalCfgTable IoLineSignalCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1 |
ioLineSignalCfgPortIndexIndex of the associated serial port GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.1 |
ioLineSignalCfgSignalIndexIndex of the associate line signal Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.2 |
ioLineSignalCfgStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.3 |
ioLineSignalCfgResourceTypeSignifies whether this resource is input or outputro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.4 |
ioLineSignalCfgEnableEnable/disable this resourcerw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.5 |
ioLineSignalCfgDescriptionDescription for this resourcerw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.6 |
ioLineSignalInputCfgLatchLine Signal (input): Latch moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.7 |
ioLineSignalInputCfgInvertSignalLine Signal (input): Enable/disable signal inversionrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.8 |
ioLineSignalInputCfgAlarmTriggerLine Signal (input): Alarm trigger typerw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.9 |
ioLineSignalInputCfgAlarmClearLine Signal (input): Alarm clear typerw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.10 |
ioLineSignalInputCfgAlarmEmailLine Signal (input): Enable/disable email alert on alarm triggerrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.11 |
ioLineSignalInputCfgAlarmSyslogLine Signal (input): Enable/disable syslog alert on alarm triggerrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.12 |
ioLineSignalInputCfgAlarmSNMPLine Signal (input): Enable/disable SNMP alert on alarm triggerrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.13 |
ioLineSignalOutputCfgFailsafeLine Signal (output): Action to take when failsafe timer expiresrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.1.1.14 |
ioLineExtensionSigCfgTableioLineExtensionSigCfgTable SEQUENCE OF IoLineExtensionSigCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2 |
ioLineExtensionSigCfgEntryAn entry in the ioLineExtensionCfgTable IoLineExtensionSigCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1 |
ioLineExtSigCfgChanIndexI/O resource index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.1 |
ioLineExtSigCfgStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.2 |
ioLineExtSigCfgEnableEnable/disable this digital I/O Extensionrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.3 |
ioLineExtSigCfgConnMethodDefines the type of connection being established
Listen for connection, Connect to Host, or Localrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.4 |
ioLineExtSigCfgHostThe name of the target host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.5 |
ioLineExtSigCfgPortThe port number the target host is listening on for incoming/outgoing connections.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.6 |
ioLineExtSigCfgLinkChannelThe Link Channel that device would make a connection with. The link channel is only valid for Local
connection. The channel must be digital inputrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.7 |
ioLineExtSigCfgKeepaliveEnables a per-connection TCP keepalive feature; after approximately
3 minutes of network connection idle time, the connection will send
a gratuitous ACK to the network peer, either ensuring the connection
stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized
by the reverse raw service.
Applications using this feature need to be aware that there might be
some considerable delay between a network disconnection and the port
being available for the next connection attempt; this is to allow any
data sent on prior connections to be transmitted out of the serial
port buffer. Application network retry logic needs to accommodate this feature.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.8 |
ioLineExtSigCfgMultiHostAllows user to configure the multihost for client/server initiated connectionsrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.9 |
ioLineExtSigCfgTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with the Rlogin service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.2.1.10 |
ioLineMultihostSigTableI/O Multihost Table. SEQUENCE OF IoLineMultihostSigEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.3 |
ioLineMultihostSigEntryAn entry in the ioLineMultihostEntry, each relating to digital io channel. IoLineMultihostSigEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.3.1 |
ioLineMultihostSigIndexioLineMultihostSigIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.3.1.1 |
ioLineMultihostSigStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.3.1.2 |
ioLineMultihostModeSigSet multihost operation mode.all:for muliple host list mode. backup: for primary-backup moderw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.3.1.4 |
ioLineMultihostOutboundSigTableMultihost outbound table. SEQUENCE OF IoLineMultihostOutboundSigEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.4 |
ioLineMultihostOutboundSigEntryAn entry in the ioLineMultihostOutboundTable. IoLineMultihostOutboundSigEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.4.1 |
ioLineMultihostSigChanIndexChannel Index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.4.1.1 |
ioLineMultihostOutboundSigIndexThe outbound entry number GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.4.1.2 |
ioLineMultihostOutboundSigStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.4.1.3 |
ioLineMultihostOutboundSigHostIDThe host name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.4.1.4 |
ioLineMultihostOutboundSigTcpPortThe host TCP port.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.4.1.5 |
ioLineMultihostOutboundSigTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with this host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.4.1.6 |
ioLineSSLSigTableio SSL Table. SEQUENCE OF IoLineSSLSigEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5 |
ioLineSSLSigEntryAn entry in the ioDigitalSSLEntry, each relating to a io. IoLineSSLSigEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1 |
ioLineSSLSigIndexio SSL Index GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.1 |
ioLineSSLSigStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.2 |
ioLineSSLSigEnabledEnables/disables SSL.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.3 |
ioLineSSLSiguseServerUses the SSL/TLS server configuration for the line.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.4 |
ioLineSSLSigVersionSpecify whether you want to use:
Any-The Device Server will try a TLSv1 connection first.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv3 connection.
If that fails, it will try an SSLv2 connection.
TLSv1-The connection will use only TLSv1.
SSLv3-The connection will use only SSLv3.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.5 |
ioLineSSLSigTypeSpecify whether the Device Server will act as an
SSL/TLS client or server. The default is Client.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.6 |
ioLineSSLSigVerifyPeerCertificateEnable this option when you want the Validation Criteria
to match the Peer Certificate for authentication to pass.
If you enable this option, you need to download an
SSL/TLS certificate authority (CA) list file to the
Device Server. Any values that are entered in the validation
criteria must match the peer certificate for an SSL connection;
any fields left blank will not be validated against the peer
certificate.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.7 |
ioLineSSLSigCountryA two character country code; for example, US.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.8 |
ioLineSSLSigStateProvUp to a 128 character entry for the state/province;
for example, IL.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.9 |
ioLineSSLSigLocalityUp to a 128 character entry for the location;
for example, a city.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.10 |
ioLineSSLSigOrganisationUp to a 64 character entry for the organization;
for example, Accounting.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.11 |
ioLineSSLSigOrganisationUnitUp to a 64 character entry for the unit in the
organization; for example, Payroll.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.12 |
ioLineSSLSigCommonNameUp to a 64 character entry for common name; for example,
the host name or fully qualified domain name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.13 |
ioLineSSLSigEmailUp to a 64 character entry for an email address;
for example, acct@anycompany.com.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.5.1.14 |
ioLineSSLSigCipherTableSSL CIpher. SEQUENCE OF IoLineSSLSigCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6 |
ioLineSSLSigCipherEntryAn entry in the sslCipherTable, each relating to a cipher entry. IoLineSSLSigCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6.1 |
ioLineSSLSigChanIndexThe io number GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6.1.1 |
ioLineSSLSigCipherIndexThe cipher priority. 1- highest 5 - lowest. Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6.1.2 |
ioLineSSLSigCipherStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6.1.3 |
ioLineSSLSigCipherEncryptionSSL Encryption. None is not allowed for priority 1.
Any will use the first encryption format that can be
negotiated. The default is any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6.1.4 |
ioLineSSLSigCipherKeySizeMinThe minimum key size value that will be used for
the specified encryption type. The default is 40.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6.1.5 |
ioLineSSLSigCipherKeySizeMaxThe maximum key size value that will be used for the
specified encryption type. The default is 256.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6.1.6 |
ioLineSSLSigCipherKeyExchangeThe type of key to exchange for the encryption format:
Any-Any key exchange that is valid is used (this does
not, however, include ADH keys).
RSA-This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and
certificate.
EDHRSA-This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key
and certificate.
EDHDSS-This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key
and certificate.
ADH-This is an anonymous key exchange which does not
require a private key or certificate. Choose this
key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device,
but you want the data encrypted on the SSL/TLS connection.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6.1.7 |
ioLineSSLSigCipherHMACSelect the key-hashing for message authentication method
for your encryption type: Any, MD5, or SHA1.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.1.4.6.1.8 |
ioChannelStatus OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2 |
ioChannelFunctionkillall - Apply configuration changes to all channelsrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.1 |
ioAnalogStatus OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2 |
ioAnalogStatusTableioAnalogStatusTable. SEQUENCE OF IoAnalogStatusEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1 |
ioAnalogStatusEntryAn entry in the ioAnalogStatusTable IoAnalogStatusEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1 |
ioAnalogStatusChannelIndexIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1.1 |
ioAnalogStatusEnabledEnabledro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1.2 |
ioAnalogStatusDescriptionDescriptionro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1.3 |
ioAnalogFunctionkill - Apply configuration changes to this entryrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1.4 |
ioAnalogStatusInputStateInput state.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1.5 |
ioAnalogStatusValueCurrent analog input value.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1.6 |
ioAnalogStatusMinimumMinimum analog input value.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1.7 |
ioAnalogStatusMaximumMaximum analog input value.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1.8 |
ioAnalogStatusAlarmLevelAlarm level.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.2.1.1.9 |
ioDigitalStatus OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3 |
ioDigitalStatusTableioDigitalStatusTable. SEQUENCE OF IoDigitalStatusEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1 |
ioDigitalStatusEntryAn entry in the ioDigitalStatusTable IoDigitalStatusEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1 |
ioDigitalStatusChannelIndexIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1.1 |
ioDigitalStatusEnabledEnabledro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1.2 |
ioDigitalStatusDescriptionDescriptionro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1.3 |
ioDigitalStatusTypeResource typero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1.4 |
ioDigitalFunctionkill - Apply configuration changes to this entryrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1.5 |
ioDigitalStatusStateDigital State. .rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1.6 |
ioDigitalStatusLatchedInputStateFor digital inputs only.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1.7 |
ioDigitalStatusInputAlarmLineSignal State. .ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1.8 |
ioDigitalStatusExtensionStateFor digital inputs and outputs only.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.3.1.1.9 |
ioRelayStatus OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.4 |
ioRelayStatusTableioRelayStatusTable. SEQUENCE OF IoRelayStatusEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.4.1 |
ioRelayStatusEntryAn entry in the ioRelayStatusTable IoRelayStatusEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.4.1.1 |
ioRelayStatusChannelIndexIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.4.1.1.1 |
ioRelayStatusEnabledEnabledro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.4.1.1.2 |
ioRelayStatusDescriptionDescriptionro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.4.1.1.3 |
ioRelayFunctionkill - Apply configuration changes to this entryrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.4.1.1.4 |
ioRelayStatusStateRelay State. .rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.4.1.1.5 |
ioRelayStatusExtensionStateFor digital inputs/outputs/relays only.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.4.1.1.6 |
ioLineSignalStatus OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5 |
ioLineSignalStatusTableioLineSignalStatusTable. SEQUENCE OF IoLineSignalStatusEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1 |
ioLineSignalStatusEntryAn entry in the ioLineSignalStatusTable IoLineSignalStatusEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1 |
ioLineSignalStatusPortIndexIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.1 |
ioLineSignalStatusSignalIndexIndex Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.2 |
ioLineSignalStatusEnabledEnabledro OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.3 |
ioLineSignalStatusDescriptionDescriptionro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.4 |
ioLineSignalStatusTyperesource typero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.5 |
ioLineSignalFunctionkill - Apply configuration changes to this entryrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.6 |
ioLineSignalStatusStateLineSignal State. .rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.7 |
ioLineSignalStatusLatchedInputStateLineSignal State. .ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.8 |
ioLineSignalStatusInputAlarmLineSignal State. .ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.9 |
ioLineSignalStatusExtensionStateFor serial inputs and outputs only.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.45.2.2.5.1.1.10 |
clusteringInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46 |
clusteringTableThe Clustering table. SEQUENCE OF ClusteringEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1 |
clusteringEntryAn entry in the clusteringEntry, each relating to a port. ClusteringEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1 |
clusteringIndexThe table entry number. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.1 |
clusteringStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.2 |
clusteringServerNameThe slave server's name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.3 |
clusteringSlaveIPThe remote slave server's IP address.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.4 |
clusteringPortThe port number on the clustered slave server.rw GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.5 |
clusteringPortNameThe slave server's port name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.6 |
clusteringSlavePortThe starting TCP port on the slave server.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.7 |
clusteringMasterPortThe starting TCP port on the master server.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.8 |
clusteringProtocolThe protocol used to connect between the slave and server.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.9 |
clusteringSlaveIPTunnelThe HTTP tunnel associated with the slave IPrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.46.1.1.10 |
dynamicDNSInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47 |
dynamicDNSStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.1 |
dynamicDNSEnabledEnable/disable dynamic DNS.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.2 |
dynamicDNSHostnameHost name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.3 |
dynamicDNSUserNameuser name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.4 |
dynamicDNSPasswordPassword.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.5 |
dynamicDNSSystemTypeSystem type.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.6 |
dynamicDNSWildcardwildcard.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.7 |
dynamicDNSConnectionMethodconnection method.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.8 |
dynamicDNSSSLVerifyPeerCertificateEnable this option when you want the Validation Criteria
to match the Peer Certificate for authentication to pass.
If you enable this option, you need to download an
SSL/TLS certificate authority (CA) list file to the
Device Server. Any values that are entered in the validation
criteria must match the peer certificate for an SSL connection;
any fields left blank will not be validated against the peer
certificate.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.9 |
dynamicDNSSSLCountryA two character country code; for example, US.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.10 |
dynamicDNSSSLStateProvUp to a 128 character entry for the state/province;
for example, IL.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.11 |
dynamicDNSSSLLocalityUp to a 128 character entry for the location;
for example, a city.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.12 |
dynamicDNSSSLOrganisationUp to a 64 character entry for the organization;
for example, Accounting.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.13 |
dynamicDNSSSLOrganisationUnitUp to a 64 character entry for the unit in the
organization; for example, Payroll.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.14 |
dynamicDNSSSLCommonNameUp to a 64 character entry for common name; for example,
the host name or fully qualified domain name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.15 |
dynamicDNSSSLEmailUp to a 64 character entry for an email address;
for example, acct@anycompany.com.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.16 |
dynamicDNSStatusStringDynamic DNS statisticsro OCTET STRING .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.17 |
dynamicDNSSSLCipherTableSSL CIpher. SEQUENCE OF DynamicDNSSSLCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.18 |
dynamicDNSSSLCipherEntryAn entry in the dynamicDNSSSLCipherTable, each relating to a cipher entry. DynamicDNSSSLCipherEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.18.1 |
dynamicDNSSSLCipherPriorityThe cipher priority. 1- highest 5 - lowest. Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.18.1.1 |
dynamicDNSSSLCipherStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.18.1.2 |
dynamicDNSSSLCipherEncryptionSSL Encryption. None is not allowed for priority 1.
Any will use the first encryption format that can be
negotiated. The default is any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.18.1.3 |
dynamicDNSSSLCipherKeySizeMinThe minimum key size value that will be used for
the specified encryption type. The default is 40.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.18.1.4 |
dynamicDNSSSLCipherKeySizeMaxThe maximum key size value that will be used for the
specified encryption type. The default is 256.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.18.1.5 |
dynamicDNSSSLCipherKeyExchangeThe type of key to exchange for the encryption format:
Any-Any key exchange that is valid is used (this does
not, however, include ADH keys).
RSA-This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and
certificate.
EDHRSA-This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key
and certificate.
EDHDSS-This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key
and certificate.
ADH-This is an anonymous key exchange which does not
require a private key or certificate. Choose this
key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device,
but you want the data encrypted on the SSL/TLS connection.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.18.1.6 |
dynamicDNSSSLCipherHMACSelect the key-hashing for message authentication method
for your encryption type: Any, MD5, or SHA1.
The default is Any.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.47.18.1.7 |
pciInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48 |
pciCardInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.1 |
pciCardStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.1.1 |
pciCardTypePCI Card Typero Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.1.2 |
pciWwanInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.2 |
wwanCardStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.2.1 |
wwanCardTypeWireless Wan Card Typerw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.2.2 |
wwanAPNSpecify the APN required by your internet provider to
access their network. See the Internet provider
documentation for more information.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.2.3 |
wwanUserNameSpecify the name required by your Internet provider
to access their network.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.2.4 |
wwanPhoneNumerSpecify the phone number provided by your service
provider to access their wireless network.
Probably similar to *99***1#rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.2.5 |
wwanInitStringSpecify the initialization string required by your
Internet service provider for your wireless WAN card.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.2.6 |
wwanNetworkRegistrationNetwork Registration.
Possible Values
0 - Not Registered. Not searching for a network,
1 - Registered. Home Network,
2 - Not Registered. Searching for a network,
3 - Registration Denied
4 - Unknown,
5 - Registered. Roamingro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.2.7 |
wwanSignalStrengthSignal Strengthro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.2.8 |
pciFiberLanInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.3 |
pciFiberLanStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.3.1 |
pciFiberLanTypePCI Fiber LAN Card Typerw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.3.2 |
pciUsbInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.4 |
usbStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.4.1 |
usbAPNSpecify the APN required by your internet provider to
access their network. See the Internet provider
documentation for more information.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.4.2 |
usbUserNameSpecify the name required by your Internet provider
to access their network.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.4.3 |
usbPhoneNumerSpecify the phone number provided by your service
provider to access their wireless network.
Probably similar to *99***1#rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.4.4 |
usbInitStringSpecify the initialization string required by your
Internet service provider for your USB device.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.4.5 |
usbPinSpecify the PIN required for your USB device.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.48.4.6 |
vmodemPhoneInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49 |
vmodemPhoneInfoTableThe vmodem phone info table. SEQUENCE OF VmodemPhoneInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49.1 |
vmodemPhoneInfoEntryAn entry in the vmodemPhoneInfoTable, each relating to a host. VmodemPhoneInfoEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49.1.1 |
vmodemPhoneIndexThe table entry number for this vmodem phone table GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49.1.1.1 |
vmodemPhoneStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49.1.1.2 |
vmodemPhoneThe modem name used for this modem entry. If blank, this entry
is currently unused.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49.1.1.3 |
vmodemPhoneIPThe IP address corresponding to a phone number. If the IP address
is blank, then the Host IP address will be usedrw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49.1.1.4 |
vmodemPhonePortTCP port number corresponding to a phone number.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49.1.1.5 |
vmodemPhoneTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49.1.1.6 |
vmodemPhoneHostNameThe name of a configured host that will correspond to the phone
number.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.49.1.1.7 |
ipsecInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50 |
ipsecTableThe IPsec table. SEQUENCE OF IpsecEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1 |
ipsecEntryAn entry in the ipsecEntry, each relating to a IPsec tunnel. IpsecEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1 |
ipsecIndexThe table entry number for this IPsec tunnel. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.1 |
ipsecStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.2 |
ipsecNameThe IPsec tunnel name.
To delete an IPsec, set this field to blank.
If blank, this entry is currently unused.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.3 |
ipsecAuthMethodThe type of authentication Method that the IPsec tunnel will userw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.4 |
ipsecSecretThe IPsec tunnel secret. This applies to all IPsec and
and L2TP/IPsec tunnelsrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.5 |
ipsecLocalDeviceDefine local device (the Device Server) either in left or rightrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.6 |
ipsecBootactionSelect one of the boot action from: start, add or ignore.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.7 |
ipsecLocalIpAddressIPv4/IPv6 or FQDN(Fully Qualified Domain Name)rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.8 |
ipsecLocalExternalIpAddressExternal/unique IPv4/IPv6 address or Full Qualified Domain Name(FQDN) when using NAT_T through
a router/firewall. Only Available if Nat-T is on.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.9 |
ipsecLocalNextHopThe IP address of the router/gateway to send this packet to. Must be on the same subnet as the IP Address.
Leave blank if using the default gateway configured in the IOLAN's->Network->Gateways settings.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.10 |
ipsecLocalHostNetworkThe network we are trying to create a VPN connection for. Leave blank when creating
a host to host VPN connection.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.11 |
ipsecLocalNetmaskBitIf the local host/network address is IPv4,
then the Subnet/Prefix Bits range is 0-32. If the IP address
is IPv6, then the Subnet/Prefix Bits range is 0-128.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.12 |
ipsecRemoteIpAddressIPv4/IPv6 or FQDN(Fully Qualified Domain Name)rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.13 |
ipsecRemoteExternalIpAddressExternal/unique IPv4/IPv6 address or Full Qualified Domain Name(FQDN) when using NAT_T throught
a router/firewall. Only Available if Nat-T is on.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.14 |
ipsecRemoteNextHopThe IP address of the router/gateway to send this packet to. Must be on the same subnet as the IP Address.
Leave blank if using the default gateway configured in the IOLAN's->Network->Gateways settings.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.15 |
ipsecRemoteHostNetworkThe host/network we are trying to create a VPN connection for. Leave blank when creating
a host to host VPN connection.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.16 |
ipsecRemoteNetmaskBitIf the remote host/network address is IPv4,
then the Subnet/Prefix Bits range is 0-32. If the IP address
is IPv6, then the Subnet/Prefix Bits range is 0-128.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.17 |
ipsecRemoteValCritCountryA two character country code; for example, US.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.18 |
ipsecRemoteValCritStateProvUp to a 128 character entry for the state/province;
for example, IL.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.19 |
ipsecRemoteValCritLocalityUp to a 128 character entry for the location;
for example, a city.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.20 |
ipsecRemoteValCritOrganisationUp to a 64 character entry for the organization;
for example, Accounting.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.21 |
ipsecRemoteValCritOrganisationUnitUp to a 64 character entry for the unit in the
organization; for example, Payroll.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.22 |
ipsecRemoteValCritCommonNameUp to a 64 character entry for common name; for example,
the host name or fully qualified domain name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.23 |
ipsecRemoteValCritEmailUp to a 64 character entry for an email address;
for example, acct@anycompany.com.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.50.1.1.24 |
ipv6Info OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51 |
ipv6ServicesInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1 |
ipv6serviceStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.1 |
serviceAutoDiscovery1(Ethernet 1) When on, the Device Server will send out a Router Solicitation
message. If a Router Advertisement message is received, the
Device Server will configure the IPv6 address(es) and configuration
parameters based on the information contained in the advertisement.
If no Router Advertisement message is received, the Device Server
will attempt to connect to a DHCPv6 server to obtain IPv6 addresses
and other configuration parameters. Default on.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.2 |
serviceDHCPv61(Ethernet 1) When on, requests IPv6 address(es) and configuration
information from the DHCPv6 server. Default off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.3 |
serviceRouterAdvertisement1(Ethernet 1) When on, the Device Server will periodically send IPv6
Router Advertisement messages and respond to Router Solicitation messages.
The Router Advertisement message can be configured to contain
any of the following information:
o DHCPv6-Use the DHCPv6 server to obtain additional IPv6
address(es) and configuration parameters.
o DHCPv6 Configuration Options-Use DHCPv6 server to obtain
additional configuration parameters.
o Network Prefixes-Advertise the selected custom configured
network prefixes.
Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.4 |
serviceRouterAdvertisementDHCP1(Ethernet 1) When on, the Router Advertisement message indicates to use the DHCPv6
server for obtaining additional IPv6 addresses and configuration parameters.
Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.5 |
serviceRouterAdvertisementOther1(Ethernet 1) When on, the Router Advertisement message indicates to use
the DHCPv6 server to obtain additional configuration parameters.
Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.6 |
serviceAutoDiscovery2(Ethernet 2) When on, the Device Server will send out a Router Solicitation
message. If a Router Advertisement message is received, the
Device Server will configure the IPv6 address(es) and configuration
parameters based on the information contained in the advertisement.
If no Router Advertisement message is received, the Device Server
will attempt to connect to a DHCPv6 server to obtain IPv6 addresses
and other configuration parameters. Default on.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.7 |
serviceDHCPv62(Ethernet 2) When on, requests IPv6 address(es) and configuration
information from the DHCPv6 server. Default off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.8 |
serviceRouterAdvertisement2(Ethernet 2) When on, the Device Server will periodically send IPv6
Router Advertisement messages and respond to Router Solicitation messages.
The Router Advertisement message can be configured to contain
any of the following information:
o DHCPv6-Use the DHCPv6 server to obtain additional IPv6
address(es) and configuration parameters.
o DHCPv6 Configuration Options-Use DHCPv6 server to obtain
additional configuration parameters.
o Network Prefixes-Advertise the selected custom configured
network prefixes.
Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.9 |
serviceRouterAdvertisementDHCP2(Ethernet 2) When on, the Router Advertisement message indicates to use the DHCPv6
server for obtaining additional IPv6 addresses and configuration parameters.
Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.10 |
serviceRouterAdvertisementDHCP3(Ethernet 3) When on, the Router Advertisement message indicates to use the DHCPv6
server for obtaining additional IPv6 addresses and configuration parameters.
Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.10 |
serviceRouterAdvertisementOther2(Ethernet 2) When on, the Router Advertisement message indicates to use
the DHCPv6 server to obtain additional configuration parameters.
Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.11 |
serviceRouterAdvertisementOther3(Ethernet 3) When on, the Router Advertisement message indicates to use
the DHCPv6 server to obtain additional configuration parameters.
Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.11 |
serviceDHCPv6IPAddressesWhen on, the Device Server will accept IPv6 address(es)
from the DHCPv6 server.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.12 |
serviceDHCPv6NetworkPrefixWhen on, the Device Server will accept the network prefix
from the DHCPv6 server.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.13 |
serviceAutoDiscovery3(Ethernet 3) When on, the Device Server will send out a Router Solicitation
message. If a Router Advertisement message is received, the
Device Server will configure the IPv6 address(es) and configuration
parameters based on the information contained in the advertisement.
If no Router Advertisement message is received, the Device Server
will attempt to connect to a DHCPv6 server to obtain IPv6 addresses
and other configuration parameters. Default on.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.14 |
serviceDHCPv63(Ethernet 3) When on, requests IPv6 address(es) and configuration
information from the DHCPv6 server. Default off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.15 |
serviceRouterAdvertisement3(Ethernet 3) When on, the Device Server will periodically send IPv6
Router Advertisement messages and respond to Router Solicitation messages.
The Router Advertisement message can be configured to contain
any of the following information:
o DHCPv6-Use the DHCPv6 server to obtain additional IPv6
address(es) and configuration parameters.
o DHCPv6 Configuration Options-Use DHCPv6 server to obtain
additional configuration parameters.
o Network Prefixes-Advertise the selected custom configured
network prefixes.
Default is off.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.1.16 |
ipv6AddressEth1TableEthernet 1 IPv6 custom address table. SEQUENCE OF Ipv6AddressEth1Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.2 |
ipv6AddressEth1EntryEthernet 1 IPv6 custom entry. Ipv6AddressEth1Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.2.1 |
ipv6AddressEth1IndexEthernet 1 custom IPv6 address index. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.2.1.1 |
ipv6AddressEth1StatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.2.1.2 |
ipv6AddressEth1Addr(Ethernet 1) Either enter a network prefix that the Device
Server will use to derive an IPv6 address using the Device
Server's MAC address (must turn ipv6AddressAuto1 on)
or enter a specific IPv6 address.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.2.1.3 |
ipv6AddressEth1PrefixBits(Ethernet 1) The IPv6 prefix bits of either the network or
IPv6 address.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.2.1.4 |
ipv6AddressEth1Auto(Ethernet 1) When on, the Device Server will derive
an IPv6 address from the entered network prefix and the
Device Server's MAC address.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.2.1.5 |
ipv6AddressEth1SendAdvertise(Ethernet 1) When on, the Device Server will include
the IPv6 address in router advertisements.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.2.1.6 |
ipv6AddressEth2TableEthernet 2 IPv6 custom address table. SEQUENCE OF Ipv6AddressEth2Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.3 |
ipv6AddressEth2EntryEthernet 2 IPv6 custom entry. Ipv6AddressEth2Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.3.1 |
ipv6AddressEth2IndexEthernet 2 custom IPv6 address index. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.3.1.1 |
ipv6AddressEth2StatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.3.1.2 |
ipv6AddressEth2PrefixBits(Ethernet 2) The IPv6 prefix bits of either the network or
IPv6 address.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.3.1.4 |
ipv6AddressEth2Auto(Ethernet 2) When on, the Device Server will derive
an IPv6 address from the entered network prefix and the
Device Server's MAC address.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.3.1.5 |
ipv6AddressEth2SendAdvertise(Ethernet 2) When on, the Device Server will include
the IPv6 address in router advertisements.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.3.1.6 |
ipv6AddressEth3TableEthernet 3 IPv6 custom address table. SEQUENCE OF Ipv6AddressEth3Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4 |
ipv6TunnelTableIPv6 tunnel table. SEQUENCE OF Ipv6TunnelEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4 |
ipv6AddressEth3EntryEthernet 3 IPv6 custom entry. Ipv6AddressEth3Entry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1 |
ipv6TunnelEntryIPv6 tunnel entry. Ipv6TunnelEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1 |
ipv6AddressEth3IndexEthernet 3 custom IPv6 address index. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.1 |
ipv6TunnelIndexThe IPv6 tunnel index entry. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.1 |
ipv6AddressEth3StatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.2 |
ipv6TunnelStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.2 |
ipv6AddressEth2Addr(Ethernet 2) Either enter a network prefix that the Device
Server will use to derive an IPv6 address using the Device
Server's MAC address or enter a specific IPv6 address.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.3 |
ipv6TunnelNameThe name of the IPv6 tunnel. Maximum 16 alphanumeric characters.rw DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.3 |
ipv6AddressEth3PrefixBits(Ethernet 3) The IPv6 prefix bits of either the network or
IPv6 address.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.4 |
ipv6TunnelModeThe method or protocol that is used to create the IPv6 tunnel.
o Manual-When specified, the Device Server will manually create the IPv6
tunnel to the specified Remote Host through the specified Interface.
o ip6to4-When specified, the IOLAN will broadcast to the multicast
address 192.88.99.1 through the specified Interface. When the
closest ip6to4 router responds, it will create the IPv6 tunnel,
encapsulating and decapsulating IPv6 traffic sent to and from
the Device Server.
o Teredo-When specified, the Teredo protocol encapsulates the IPv6
packet as an IPv4 UDP message, allowing it to pass through most
network address translator (NAT) boxes and create an IPv6 tunnel
to the specified Remote Host (a Teredo server) through the
specified Interface.
Default is Manual.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.4 |
ipv6AddressEth3Auto(Ethernet 3) When on, the Device Server will derive
an IPv6 address from the entered network prefix and the
Device Server's MAC address.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.5 |
ipv6TunnelRemoteHostThe IPv4 host that can access the IPv6 network when the Mode
is Manual. The Teredo server when the Mode is Teredo.rw DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.5 |
ipv6AddressEth3SendAdvertise(Ethernet 3) When on, the Device Server will include
the IPv6 address in router advertisements.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.6 |
ipv6TunnelGatewayThe interface that the Device Server is going to use to access
the Remote Host. The list is comprised of the Ethernet interface(s),
the line names configured for the PPP or SLIP, or the default line
names configured for PPP or SLIP using serial_port_x (where x=line
number). Default is ethernet_1.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.51.4.1.6 |
l2tpInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52 |
l2tpStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.1 |
l2tpIpsecWhen on, listens for L2TP/IPsec VPN tunnel connections.
Note: to allow non-VPN tunnel connections to the Device Server,
you must create entries in the VPN Exceptions list.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.2 |
l2tpAuthMethodThe type of authentication Method that the L2TP IPsec tunnel will use.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.3 |
l2tpSecretThe L2TP/IPsec and IPsec tunnel secret. This applies to all Shared
Secret VPN tunnels.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.4 |
l2tpIpsecLocalIpAddrThe IPv4 address that the Device Server will listen on for L2TP/IPsec
connections. If the default value (0.0.0.0) is kept, the Device Server
will use the Default Gateway value (if no Default Gateway is specified,
L2TP/IPsec VPN connections will error out).rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.5 |
l2tpCountryA two character country code; for example, US.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.6 |
l2tpStateProvUp to a 128 character entry for the state/province;
for example, IL.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.7 |
l2tpLocalityUp to a 128 character entry for the location;
for example, a city.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.8 |
l2tpOrganisationUp to a 64 character entry for the organization;
for example, Accounting.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.9 |
l2tpOrganisationUnitUp to a 64 character entry for the unit in the
organization; for example, Payroll.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.10 |
l2tpCommonNameUp to a 64 character entry for common name; for example,
the host name or fully qualified domain name.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.11 |
l2tpEmailUp to a 64 character entry for an email address;
for example, acct@anycompany.com.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.12 |
l2tpPPPLocalIpAddrSpecify the unique IPv4 address that hosts accessing the
Device Server through the L2TP tunnel will use.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.13 |
l2tpPPPRemoteStartIpAddrSpecify the first IPv4 address that can be assigned to
incoming hosts through the L2TP tunnel.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.14 |
l2tpPPPRemoteEndIpAddrSpecify the end range of the IPv4 addresses that can be
assigned to incoming hosts through the L2TP tunnel.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.15 |
l2tpPapUse the PAP authentication method that will be used for
the L2TP tunnel.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.16 |
l2tpChapUse the CHAP authentication method that will be used for
the L2TP tunnel. This is the default.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.52.17 |
vpnexceptionInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.53 |
vpnexceptionTablevpnexceptionTable SEQUENCE OF VpnexceptionEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.53.1 |
vpnexceptionEntryvpnexceptionEntry VpnexceptionEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.53.1.1 |
vpnexceptionIndexvpnexceptionIndex GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.53.1.1.1 |
vpnexceptionStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.53.1.1.2 |
vpnexceptionIpAddressThe IPv4 or IPv6 address of the host or network that will communicate with
the Device Server outside of the VPN tunnel.rw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.53.1.1.3 |
vpnexceptionPrefixBitsThe IPv4 subnet bits or IPv6 prefix bits for the network. 0-128.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.53.1.1.4 |
httpTunInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54 |
httpTunCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1 |
httpTunTunnelCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1 |
httpTunTunnelCfgTableThe httpTunTunnelCfg table. SEQUENCE OF HttpTunTunnelCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1 |
httpTunTunnelCfgEntryAn entry in the httpTunTunnelCfgEntry, each relating to a tunnel. HttpTunTunnelCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1 |
httpTunTunnelCfgIndexThe table entry number for this tunnel. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.1 |
httpTunTunnelCfgStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.2 |
httpTunTunnelCfgValidSpecifies whether this tunnel is valid or not.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.3 |
httpTunTunnelCfgNameThe name of this tunnel. Tunnel names should be unique.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.4 |
httpTunTunnelCfgModeSpecifies whether this tunnel endpoint should listen or connect. A
functional HTTP tunnel consists of two endpoints: a listener and a connecter.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.5 |
httpTunTunnelCfgConnectHostFor tunnels in connect mode, specifies the remote host to
connect to.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.6 |
httpTunTunnelCfgConnectUseProxyFor tunnels in connect mode, specifies whether to use
an HTTP proxy.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.7 |
httpTunTunnelCfgListenRestrictIpFor tunnels in listen mode, specifies whether to
restrict the other tunnel endpoint to a fixed IP address.
Use 0.0.0.0 for no restrictionrw Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.8 |
httpTunTunnelCfgHttpsSpecifies whether this tunnel should use HTTPS for communication.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.9 |
httpTunTunnelCfgRestrictAccessSpecifies whether this tunnel should restrict access to local
connections.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.10 |
httpTunTunnelCfgSecretSpecifies the shared secret for this tunnel. If the shared secret
blank, the tunnel will be unauthenticated.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.1.1.11 |
httpTunProxyCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2 |
httpTunProxyBasic OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.1 |
httpTunProxyBasicStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.1.1 |
httpTunProxyHostThe hostname/IP address of the HTTP proxy.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.1.2 |
httpTunProxyPortThe port number for connecting to the HTTP proxy.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.1.3 |
httpTunProxyUserThe username for the HTTP proxy, if authentication is required.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.1.4 |
httpTunProxyPasswordThe password for the HTTP proxy, if authentication is required.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.1.5 |
httpTunProxyDomainThe NTLM domain for the HTTP proxy. This is only required
if the proxy is using NTLM authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.1.6 |
httpTunProxyAdv OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.2 |
httpTunProxyAdvStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.2.1 |
httpTunProxyKeepaliveIntervalKeepalive interval for HTTP tunneling, in secondsrw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.2.2 |
httpTunProxyMaxConnectionAgeMaximum connection age for HTTP tunneling, in minutes.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.1.2.2.3 |
httpTunConnectionCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2 |
httpTunConnectionCfgTableThe httpTunConnectionCfg table. SEQUENCE OF HttpTunConnectionCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1 |
httpTunConnectionCfgEntryAn entry in the httpTunConnectionCfgEntry, each relating to a Connection. HttpTunConnectionCfgEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1 |
httpTunConnectionCfgIndexThe table entry number for this Connection. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.1 |
httpTunConnectionCfgStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.2 |
httpTunConnectionCfgValidSpecifies whether this Connection is valid or not.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.3 |
httpTunConnectionCfgTunnelNameThe name of the tunnel associated with this connection.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.4 |
httpTunConnectionCfgProtocolThe protocol used by this connection.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.5 |
httpTunConnectionCfgDestinationHostThe destination host for this connection. Application traffic tunneled in this
connection will be forwarded to this host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.6 |
httpTunConnectionCfgDestinationPortThe destination port for this connection. Application traffic tunneled in this
connection will be forwarded to this TCP/UDP port.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.7 |
httpTunConnectionCfgLocalPortThe local listening port for this connection. Application that wish to use
this tunnel/connection should connect to this TCP/UDP port on the device server.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.8 |
httpTunConnectionCfgLocalIpAlias(Optional) Specifies the local IP alias for this connection. If specified,
application who wish to use this tunnel/connection can connect to the local IP alias
and TCP/UDP port. This is useful when you want to create several connections
with the same local listening TCP/UDP port.
Use 0.0.0.0 to specify no IP alias.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.9 |
httpTunConnectionCfgRestrictAccessSpecifies whether to restrict access to local application traffic only.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.1.2.1.1.10 |
httpTunStats OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2 |
httpTunTunnelStats OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1 |
httpTunTunnelStatsTableThe httpTunTunnelStats table. SEQUENCE OF HttpTunTunnelStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1.1 |
httpTunTunnelStatsEntryAn entry in the httpTunTunnelStatsEntry, each relating to a tunnel. HttpTunTunnelStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1.1.1 |
httpTunTunnelStatsIndexThe table entry number for this tunnel. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1.1.1.1 |
httpTunTunnelStatsNameThe name of this tunnel.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1.1.1.2 |
httpTunTunnelStatsModeSpecifies whether this tunnel endpoint is listening or connecting.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1.1.1.3 |
httpTunTunnelStatsConnectHostFor tunnels in connect mode, specifies the remote host to
connect to.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1.1.1.4 |
httpTunTunnelStatsConnectedSpecifies whether this tunnel is connected.ro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1.1.1.5 |
httpTunTunnelStatsHttpsSpecifies whether this tunnel is using HTTPS for communication.ro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1.1.1.6 |
httpTunTunnelStatsAuthFailedSpecifies whether authentication failed for this tunnel.ro YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.1.1.1.7 |
httpTunConnectionStats OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2 |
httpTunConnectionStatsTableThe httpTunConnectionStats table. SEQUENCE OF HttpTunConnectionStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1 |
httpTunConnectionStatsEntryAn entry in the httpTunConnectionStatsEntry, each relating to a Connection. HttpTunConnectionStatsEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1.1 |
httpTunConnectionStatsIndexThe table entry number for this connection. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1.1.1 |
httpTunConnectionStatsTunnelNameThe name of the tunnel associated with this connection.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1.1.2 |
httpTunConnectionStatsTypeThe type of connection:
direct - Originating from this end of tunnel
reverse - Originating from other end of tunnelro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1.1.3 |
httpTunConnectionStatsProtocolThe protocol used by this connection.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1.1.4 |
httpTunConnectionStatsDestinationIpThe destination IP for this connection.ro Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1.1.5 |
httpTunConnectionStatsDestinationPortThe destination port for this connection.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1.1.6 |
httpTunConnectionStatsSourceIpThe source (originating) IP for this connection.ro Ipv4v6Address .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1.1.7 |
httpTunConnectionStatsLocalPortThe local listening port for this connection.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.54.2.2.1.1.8 |
sftpInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55 |
sftpStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.1 |
sftpCompressionRequests compression of all data. Compression is desirable
on modem lines and other slow connections, but will only
slow down things on fast networksrw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.2 |
sftpAutoLoginCreates an automatic SFTP authentication, using the Name and Password values.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.3 |
sftpNameThe name of the user on the SFTP server.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.4 |
sftpPasswordThe user's password on the SFTP server.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.5 |
sftpHostThe name of the SFTP host.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.6 |
sftpTunnelNameThe name of the HTTP tunnel associated with this service.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.7 |
sftpProtocolSpecify the SSH client version that will be used
with the SFTP server.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.8 |
sftpRSAAn authentication method used by SSH version 1 and 2.
Use RSA authentication for the SFTP server.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.9 |
sftpDSAAn authentication method used by SSH version 2.
Use DSA authentication for the SFTP server.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.10 |
sftpKeyboardThe user types in a password for authentication.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.11 |
sftpCipherSSH1Select the encryption method (cipher) that you
want to use for your SSH version 1 connection:
3DES or Blowfishrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.12 |
sftpFirstSSH2CipherSelect the first priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
3DES, Blowfish, AES, CAST, or Arcfourrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.13 |
sftpSecondSSH2CipherSelect the second priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES, CAST, or Arcfourrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.14 |
sftpThirdSSH2CipherSelect the third priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES, CAST, or Arcfourrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.15 |
sftpFourthSSH2CipherSelect the fourth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES, CAST, or Arcfourrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.16 |
sftpFifthSSH2CipherSelect the fifth priority negotiation for the encryption
method (ciphers) that the Device Server will use for
the SSH version 2 connection:
None, 3DES, Blowfish, AES, CAST, or Arcfourrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.55.17 |
wlanInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56 |
wlanCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1 |
wlanGlobalCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1 |
wlanGlobalStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.1 |
wlanGlobalRegionThe name of the region where the WIFI is being used.
Valid regions are:
US-Canada, EU, or Japanrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.2 |
wlanGlobalModeThe Wi-Fi operating mode.
disabled: Wi-Fi is disabled
client: In this mode, the IOLAN can connect to an access point.
softap: In this mode, the IOLAN acts as an access point allowing
wireless clients to connectrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.3 |
wlanGlobalRadioBandThe radio bands to use.
bandBoth: use both 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands
band2g4: use 2.4GHz band only
band5g: use 5GHz band onlyrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.4 |
wlanGlobalWpsEnable/disable WPS.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.5 |
wlanGlobalPassiveScanEnable/disable passive scan only.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.6 |
wlanGlobalRoamingEnable/disable roaming.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.7 |
wlanGlobalRoamingDecisionThis controls how the IOLAN scans for a better access point
within the same ESSID network.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.8 |
wlanGlobalRoamingOutOfRangeScanIntervalThe time in seconds, between fast roaming scans.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.9 |
wlanGlobalRoamingInRangeScanIntervalThe time in seconds, between slow roaming scans.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.10 |
wlanGlobalAntennaDiveristyMrcEnable/disable antenna diversity/MRC.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.1.11 |
wlanProfilesCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2 |
wlanProfileTableThe WLAN profile table. SEQUENCE OF WlanProfileEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1 |
wlanProfileEntryAn entry in the wlanProfileEntry, each relating to a WLAN profile. WlanProfileEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1 |
wlanProfileIndexThe table entry number for this user. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.1 |
wlanProfileStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.2 |
wlanProfileEnableOnly enabled profiles are considered for association with access points.rw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.3 |
wlanProfileConnectPriorityThe connect priority which the IOLAN uses when attempting to connect to an access point.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.4 |
wlanProfileNameThe name for this profile.
To delete the profile, set this field to blank.
If blank, this entry is currently unused.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.5 |
wlanProfileSsidThe SSID for this profile.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.6 |
wlanProfileScanBandThis profile is considered only if the access point is using the selected band.
bandBoth: either 2.4GHz or 5GHz bands
band2g4: 2.4GHz band
band5g: 5GHz bandrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.7 |
wlanProfileScanDfsEnable/disable scanning of DFS channels.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.8 |
wlanProfileHiddenSsidSpecify whether the access point hides (Yes) or broadcasts (No) the SSID.rw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.9 |
wlanProfileSecurityTypeThe security type to use.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.10 |
wlanProfileEncryptionTypeThe encryption type to use.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.11 |
wlanProfileOpenSharedWepKey1WEP key 1.
5 case sensitive characters (wep-40) or
13 case sensitive characters (wep-104) or
10 hexadecimal case insensitive characters or
26 hexadecimal case insensitive characters.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.12 |
wlanProfileOpenSharedWepKey2WEP key 1.
5 case sensitive characters (wep-40) or
13 case sensitive characters (wep-104) or
10 hexadecimal case insensitive characters or
26 hexadecimal case insensitive characters.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.13 |
wlanProfileOpenSharedWepKey3WEP key 1.
5 case sensitive characters (wep-40) or
13 case sensitive characters (wep-104) or
10 hexadecimal case insensitive characters or
26 hexadecimal case insensitive characters.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.14 |
wlanProfileOpenSharedWepKey4WEP key 1.
5 case sensitive characters (wep-40) or
13 case sensitive characters (wep-104) or
10 hexadecimal case insensitive characters or
26 hexadecimal case insensitive characters.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.15 |
wlanProfileOpenSharedWepTxKeyIndexThe index of the WEP key to use for encrypting transmitted data.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.16 |
wlanProfilePersonalSecurityKeyPassphrase/key to use for encrypting the data.
8-63 case sensitive characters or
64 hexadecimal characters.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.17 |
wlanProfileEnterpriseUsernameThe username to use for authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.18 |
wlanProfileEnterprisePasswordThe password to use for authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.19 |
wlanProfileEnterpriseValidateCertEnable/disable validation of the server certificate.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.20 |
wlanProfileEnterpriseAuthMethodAuthentication method.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.21 |
wlanProfileEnterpriseAuthProtocolAuthentication protocol.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.22 |
wlanProfileEnterpriseRoamingIdentityRoaming identity.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.23 |
wlanProfile8021xUsernameThe username to use for authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.24 |
wlanProfile8021xPasswordThe password to use for authentication.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.25 |
wlanProfile8021xValidateCertEnable/disable validation of the server certificate.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.26 |
wlanProfile8021xAuthMethodAuthentication method.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.27 |
wlanProfile8021xAuthProtocolAuthentication protocol.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.28 |
wlanProfile8021xRoamingIdentityRoaming identity.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.2.1.1.29 |
wlanSoftapCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3 |
wlanSoftapStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.1 |
wlanSoftapSSIDThe IOLAN's SSID.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.2 |
wlanSoftapChannelThe channel to use for softap mode.
2.5GHz: 1-11
5GHz: 36, 40, 44, 48rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.3 |
wlanSoftapSecurityTypeThe security type to use.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.4 |
wlanSoftapEncryptionTypeThe encryption type to use.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.5 |
wlanSoftapSecurityKeyThe security key for WPA2-Personal/WPA-Personal.
8-63 case sensitive characters or
64 hexadecimal charactersrw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.6 |
wlanSoftapIpAddressThe IP address of the IOLAN's WLAN interface when in softap mode.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.7 |
wlanSoftapSubnetBitsThe number of bits in the subnet mask. For example,
a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0 has 16 subnet/prefix bits.
Valid values are 1-32.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.8 |
wlanSoftapDhcpEnable/disable DHCP for softap mode.
When enabled, DHCP will assign an IP address to connecting devices.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.9 |
wlanSoftapDhcpIpPoolAddressThe DHCP pool starting IP address.rw IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.10 |
wlanSoftapDhcpSubnetBitsThe number of bits in the subnet mask. For example,
a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0 has 16 subnet/prefix bits.
Valid values are 1-32.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.1.3.11 |
wlanStats OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2 |
wlanStatsModeThe WLAN operating mode.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.1 |
wlanStatsConnectedConnected status varies depending on operating mode.
Mode
Disabled: No
Client: Yes/No
Soft-AP: # of connected clientsro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.2 |
wlanStatsProfileIn client mode, the WLAN profile corresponding to the currently connected access point.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.3 |
wlanStatsSsidIn Client mode, this is the SSID of the currently connected access point.
In Soft-AP mode, this is the SSID of the IOLAN.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.4 |
wlanStatsBssidIn Client mode, this is the BSSID of the currently connected access point.
In Soft-AP mode, this is the BSSID of the last connected client.ro MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.5 |
wlanStatsChannelThe channel currently being used in Client and Soft-AP mode.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.6 |
wlanStatsRssiThe power level of the received signal in dBm.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.7 |
wlanStatsIpAddressThe current IP address of the IOLAN's WLAN interface.ro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.8 |
wlanStatsTxRateThe current transmit rate.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.9 |
wlanStatsRegionThe currently configured operating region.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.10 |
wlanStatsSecurityTypeThe security type used in the current connection.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.11 |
wlanStatsEncryptionTypeThe encryption used in the current connection.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.12 |
wlanStatsPairwiseCipherThe pairwise cipher used in the current connection.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.13 |
wlanStatsGroupCipherThe group cipher used in the current connection.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.56.2.14 |
wwanInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57 |
wwanCfg OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1 |
wwanGlobalStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1.1 |
wwanEnableEnable/disable WWANrw YesNoValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1.2 |
wwanApnThe APN required by your service provider to
access the network.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1.3 |
wwanAuthenticationThe authentication method required by your service provider.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1.4 |
wwanUsernameThe username required by your service provider if the authentication
method is PAP or CHAP.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1.5 |
wwanPasswordThe password required by your service provider if the authentication
method is PAP or CHAP.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1.6 |
wwanPinThe PIN required to unlock a PIN protected SIM.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1.7 |
wwanRadioAccessTechnologyThe radio access technology of the network to connect to.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1.8 |
wwanAutoDnsIf enabled, the DNS server IP address will be retrieved automatically from the network.rw OnOffValue .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.1.9 |
wwanStats OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2 |
wwanStatsModemModelThe modem model.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.1 |
wwanStatsModemFirmwareVersionThe modem firmware version.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.2 |
wwanStatsIMEIThe identifier of the modem.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.3 |
wwanStatsICCIDThe identifier of the actual SIM card itself.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.4 |
wwanStatsIMSIA unique identifier that defines a subscriber in the
wireless world, including the country and mobile network to which the subscriber belongs.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.5 |
wwanStatsPinRetryCounterThe number of retries remaining for the SIM PIN.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.6 |
wwanStatsNetworkTypeThe radio access technology used to connect to the network.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.7 |
wwanStatsNetworkStatusThe network connection status.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.8 |
wwanStatsNetworkNameThe name of the connected network.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.9 |
wwanStatsAPNThe APN used to connect to the network.ro DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC) .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.10 |
wwanStatsSignalStrengthThe strength of the network signal.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.11 |
wwanStatsIpAddressThe current IP address of the IOLAN's WWAN interface.ro IpAddress .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.12 |
wwanStatsRxBytesRX byte count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.13 |
wwanStatsTxBytesTX byte count.ro Counter32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.57.2.14 |
sfpInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58 |
sfpModuleTableTable of SFP information for Optical Transceivers SEQUENCE OF SfpModuleEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1 |
sfpModuleEntryEntries of the table, each relating to a separate SFP module. SfpModuleEntry .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1 |
sfpInterfaceIndexThe Ethernet interface number. GenericTableIndex .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.1 |
sfpStatusThis object identifies the status of the SFP module. If sfpCommFailed
value is set then the rest of the data in this entry is invalid
0x80 - sfpModuleInserted
0x40 - sfpCommFailed
0x20 - sfpDmiSupportedro Bits .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.2 |
sfpVendorSerialNumberThis object identifies the SFP's vendor serial number.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.3 |
sfpVendorNameThis object identifies the SFP's vendor company name.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.4 |
sfpVendorPartNumberThis object identifies the SFP's vendor part number.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.5 |
sfpConnectorTypeThis object identifies the SFP connector type.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.6 |
sfpNominalBitRateThis object identifies the SFP nominal bit rate of fiber
interface, in megabits per second.ro Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.7 |
sfpLinkReach9125This object identifies the SFP DMI maximum length in meters of media
supported by the fiber transceiver for 9 micron (125 micron jacket)
single-mode fiber.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.8 |
sfpLinkReach50125This object identifies the SFP maximum length in meters of media
supported by the fiber transceiver for 50 micron (125 micron jacket)
multi-mode fiber.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.9 |
sfpLinkReach625125This object identifies the SFP maximum length in meters of media
supported by the fiber transceiver for 62.5 micron (125 micron jacket)
multi-mode fiber.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.10 |
sfpReachCopperThis object identifies the maximum length in meters that is
supported by the SFP/XFP interface using copper cable.ro Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.11 |
sfpFiberWaveLengthThis object identifies the wavelength of the fiber interface's
optical transceiver, in nanometers.ro Unsigned32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.12 |
sfpDmiCurrentTempStateThis object identifies the current alarm status for SFP DMI internally
measured temperature.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.13 |
sfpDmiRealTimeTempThis object identifies the SFP DMI real time temperature.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.14 |
sfpDmiHighTempWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI high temperature warning threshold.
The value displayed will be either Celsius or Fahrenheit based on your
current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.15 |
sfpDmiHighTempAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI high temperature warning threshold.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.16 |
sfpDmiLowTempWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI high temperature warning threshold.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.17 |
sfpDmiLowTempAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI high temperature warning threshold.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.18 |
sfpDmiCurrentVoltStateThis object identifies current alarm status for SFP DMI internally
measured voltage.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.19 |
sfpDmiRealTimeVoltThis object identifies the SFP DMI real time voltage in Volts.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.20 |
sfpDmiHighVoltWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI high voltage warning threshold in
Voltsro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.21 |
sfpDmiHighVoltAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI high voltage warning threshold in
Voltsro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.22 |
sfpDmiLowVoltWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI high voltage warning threshold in
Voltsro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.23 |
sfpDmiLowVoltAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI high voltage warning threshold in
Voltsro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.24 |
sfpDmiCurrentTxBiasStateThis object identifies current alarm status for SFP DMI internally
measured transmit bias current in milliamps.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.25 |
sfpDmiRealTimeTxBiasThis object identifies the SFP DMI high TX Bias current in milliamps.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.26 |
sfpDmiHighTxBiasWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI high TX Bias current warning
threshold in milliamps.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.27 |
sfpDmiHighTxBiasAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI high TX Bias current alarm
threshold in milliamps.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.28 |
sfpDmiLowTxBiasWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI low TX Bias current warning
threshold in milliamps.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.29 |
sfpDmiLowTxBiasAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI low TX Bias current alarm
threshold in milliamps.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.30 |
sfpDmiCurrentTxPowerStateThis object identifies current alarm status for SFP DMI internally
measured transmit power.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.31 |
sfpDmiRealTimeTxPowerThis object identifies the SFP DMI real time TX output power.
The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based on your
current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.32 |
sfpDmiHighTxPowerWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI high TX output power warning
threshold. The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based
on your current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.33 |
sfpDmiHighTxPowerAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI high TX output power alarm
threshold. The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based
on your current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.34 |
sfpDmiLowTxPowerWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI low TX output power warning
threshold. The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based
on your current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.35 |
sfpDmiLowTxPowerAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI low TX output power alarm
threshold. The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based
on your current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.36 |
sfpDmiCurrentRxPowerStateThis object identifies current alarm status for SFP DMI internally
measured receive power.ro Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.37 |
sfpDmiRealTimeRxPowerThis object identifies the SFP DMI real time RX received optical power.
The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based
on your current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.38 |
sfpDmiHighRxPowerWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI high RX received optical warning
threshold. The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based
on your current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.39 |
sfpDmiHighRxPowerAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI high RX received optical alarm
threshold. The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based
on your current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.40 |
sfpDmiLowRxPowerWarnThis object identifies the SFP DMI low RX received optical warning
threshold. The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based
on your current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.41 |
sfpDmiLowRxPowerAlarmThis object identifies the SFP DMI low RX received optical alarm
threshold. The value displayed will be either millwatts or Dbm based
on your current regional display settings.ro DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.58.1.1.42 |
frontPanelInfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59 |
fpStatusWhen you perform a GET on this variable, one of
the following values will be returned:
1-Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes.
2-Indicates that the container folder is active with change(s).
Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder, you
will want to submit your changes to the Device Server. To do
this, set the Status variable to 4. If you want to discard the
changes, set the Status variable to 6.
4-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
submitted to the Device Server.
6-Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be
discarded.rw ContainerStatus .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.1 |
fpLcdAutoScrollEnableDefines whether the front panel LCD will auto-scroll the specified screensrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.2 |
fpLcdScrollDelayDefines the time between screens when auto-scroll is enabled.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.3 |
fpLcdIdleTimeoutDefines the time after a keypad key is pressed before the
auto-scroll will resume.rw Integer32 .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.4 |
fpCustomTextLine1Defines line 1 of the custom text screen.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.5 |
fpCustomTextLine2Defines line 2 of the custom text screen.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.6 |
fpKeypadLockDefines whether the front panel keypad is locked for editing functionsrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.7 |
fpKeypadPinRequest a Pin in order to have access to config and admin menusrw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.8 |
fpKeypadPinNumberSpecifies the 6 numeric character pin which is required to
reset the front panel config to factory default.rw DisplayString .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.9 |
fpLcdScreenOrder OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10 |
fpLcdScreenOrder1Defines the which screen is displayed in order 1.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.1 |
fpLcdScreenOrder2Defines the which screen is displayed in order 2.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.2 |
fpLcdScreenOrder3Defines the which screen is displayed in order 3.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.3 |
fpLcdScreenOrder4Defines the which screen is displayed in order 4.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.4 |
fpLcdScreenOrder5Defines the which screen is displayed in order 5.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.5 |
fpLcdScreenOrder6Defines the which screen is displayed in order 6.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.6 |
fpLcdScreenOrder7Defines the which screen is displayed in order 7.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.7 |
fpLcdScreenOrder8Defines the which screen is displayed in order 8.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.8 |
fpLcdScreenOrder9Defines the which screen is displayed in order 9.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.9 |
fpLcdScreenOrder10Defines the which screen is displayed in order 10.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.10 |
fpLcdScreenOrder11Defines the which screen is displayed in order 11.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.11 |
fpLcdScreenOrder12Defines the which screen is displayed in order 12.rw Enumeration .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.1.59.10.12 |
sdsMIBNotifications OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2 |
sdsMIBNotificationsPrefix OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0 |
sdsMIBIoDigitalInputAlarmSensorA sdsMIBIoDigitalInputAlarmSensor trap signifies that the Digital
I/O channel input sensor alarm has triggered. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.1 |
sdsMIBIoLineInputDSRAlarmA sdsMIBIoLineInputDSRAlarm trap signifies that the Serial
line DSR input alarm has triggered. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.2 |
sdsMIBIoLineInputDCDAlarmA sdsMIBIoLineInputDCDAlarm trap signifies that the Serial
line DCD input alarm has triggered. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.3 |
sdsMIBIoLineInputCTSAlarmA sdsMIBIoLineInputCTSAlarm trap signifies that the Serial
line CTS input alarm has triggered. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.4 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel1A sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel1 trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm has triggered at severity level 1. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.5 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel2A sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel2 trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm has triggered at severity level 2. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.6 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel3A sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel3 trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm has triggered at severity level 3. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.7 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel4A sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel4 trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm has triggered at severity level 4. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.8 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel5A sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel5 trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm has triggered at severity level 5. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.9 |
sdsMIBIoDigitalInputAlarmClearA sdsMIBIoDigitalInputAlarmClear trap signifies that the Digital
I/O channel input sensor alarm has cleared. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.10 |
sdsMIBIoLineInputDSRAlarmClearA sdsMIBIoLineInputDSRAlarmClear trap signifies that the Serial
line DSR input alarm has cleared. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.11 |
sdsMIBIoLineInputDCDAlarmClearA sdsMIBIoLineInputDCDAlarmClear trap signifies that the Serial
line DCD input alarm has cleared. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.12 |
sdsMIBIoLineInputCTSAlarmClearA sdsMIBIoLineInputCTSAlarmClear trap signifies that the Serial
line CTS input alarm has cleared. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.13 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel1ClearA sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel1Clear trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm at severity level 1 has cleared. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.14 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel2ClearA sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel2Clear trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm at severity level 2 has cleared. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.15 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel3ClearA sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel3Clear trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm at severity level 3 has cleared. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.16 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel4ClearA sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel4Clear trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm at severity level 4 has cleared. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.17 |
sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel5ClearA sdsMIBIoAnalogInputAlarmSeverityLevel5Clear trap signifies that the Analog
I/O channel input alarm at severity level 5 has cleared. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.18 |
sdsMIBEthernetLinkDownA sdsMIBEthernetLinkDown trap signifies that the sending SNMP application
entity recognizes a failure in one of the communications links
represented in the agent's configuration. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.19 |
sdsMIBEthernetLinkUpA sdsMIBEthernetLinkUp trap signifies that the sending SNMP application
entity has detected that one of the communications links has
transitioned out of the down state. NOTIFICATION-TYPE .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.2.0.20 |
sdsMIBConformance OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.3 |
sdsMIBCompliances OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.3.1 |
sdsMIBGroups OBJECT IDENTIFIER .1.3.6.1.4.1.1966.12.3.2 |